au-nsw / mining-act-1992 / Versions / 2020-05-14 / Edit

Edit As at 14 May 2020

Version ID is fixed — delete and recreate to rename.

Version IDShort slug — e.g. 2008-07-01, 2024-current, pre-2016.LabelHuman-friendly, e.g. 'As at 1 July 2008'.

Effective fromYYYY-MM-DDEffective toYYYY-MM-DD; blank for the current versionRetrieved atYYYY-MM-DD

Authoritative URLDirect link to this exact version on the source site.

Full text (markdown)

View - NSW legislation                                          Skip to main content

## Site header

[![New South Wales - Parliamentary Councel's Office](/web/20250210093119im_/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/images/logo.svg "Click here for NSW legislation homepage")](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/)

-   [Home](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/ "Home page")
-   [About](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/about "About this website")
-   [Contact](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/contact "Contact NSW PCO")
-   [Help](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/help "FAQs")
-   [Links](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/relatedlinks "Links to related sites, including legislation and Bills, gazettes, parliaments, judgements and drafting offices")
-   [Export](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/export/week "Export")
-   [Feedback](<https://web.archive.org/web/20250210093119/mailto:feedback.pco@pco.nsw.gov.au?subject=Feedback about the NSW legislation website>)

## Site navigation

Table Of Contents

[View whole Act](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/whole/html/inforce/2020-05-14/act-1992-029) [Statutory instruments](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/search/related?action=relatedsl&date=2020-05-14&title=Mining%20Act%201992&query=Id%3D%22act-1992-029%22%20AND%20VersionSeriesId%3D%222b783a18-807b-4925-8266-48946a7b2c48%22%20AND%20VersionDescId%3D%22e6d1759c-1215-40bb-a208-63da0a450a06%22%20AND%20PublicationDate%3D20200514000000%20AND%20PrintType%3D%22act.reprint%22) Turn history notes on [Legislative history](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/whole/html/inforce/2020-05-14/act-1992-029/lh) [Search Act](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/search?pointInTime=2020-05-14&action=searchtitle&title=Mining%20Act%201992&query=VersionDescId%3D%22e6d1759c-1215-40bb-a208-63da0a450a06%22%20AND%20VersionSeriesId%3D%222b783a18-807b-4925-8266-48946a7b2c48%22%20AND%20PrintType%3D%22act.reprint%22)

[](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/information/abbreviations "Key to abbreviations used in the legislative history")[](https://web.archive.org/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/whole/pdf/inforce/2020-05-14/act-1992-029 "View PDF")[](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/whole/xml/inforce/2020-05-14/act-1992-029 "Download XML")[](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/feed?id=title&query=VersionSeriesId%3D%222b783a18-807b-4925-8266-48946a7b2c48%22%20AND%20PrintType%3D$%22act.reprint%22%20OR%20%22act.new%22%20OR%20%22bill.first%22%20OR%20%20%22bill.firstnongovintro%22%20OR%20%22bill.third%22$&name=Mining%20Act%201992&desc=New%20or%20updated%20versions%20of%20Mining%20Act%201992 "Add to Atom feed")

Results: match 0 of 0 provisions

[Previous Hit](# "Previous provision with hit(s)") [Next Hit](# "Next provision with hit(s)")

[Return to search results](# "Return to search results") Clear search

0 hits in page:

[First](#H1 "Show first hit in document view") [Last](# "Show last hit in document view")

* * *

# Mining Act 1992 No 29

* * *

An Act to make provision with respect to prospecting for and mining minerals; to repeal the Mining Act 1973 and the [Coal Mining Act 1973](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/pdf/asmade/act-1973-81); and for other purposes.

Part 1 Preliminary

1   Name of Act

> This Act may be cited as the [Mining Act 1992](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1992-029).

2   Commencement

> This Act commences on a day or days to be appointed by proclamation.

3   Act binds Crown

> This Act binds the Crown in right of New South Wales and, in so far as the legislative power of Parliament permits, the Crown in all its other capacities.

3A   Objects

> The objects of this Act are to encourage and facilitate the discovery and development of mineral resources in New South Wales, having regard to the need to encourage ecologically sustainable development, and in particular—
> 
> > (a)  to recognise and foster the significant social and economic benefits to New South Wales that result from the efficient development of mineral resources, and
> 
> > (b)  to provide an integrated framework for the effective regulation of authorisations for prospecting and mining operations, and
> 
> > (c)  to provide a framework for compensation to landholders for loss or damage resulting from such operations, and
> 
> > (d)  to ensure an appropriate return to the State from mineral resources, and
> 
> > (e)  to require the payment of security to provide for the rehabilitation of mine sites, and
> 
> > (f)  to ensure effective rehabilitation of disturbed land and water, and
> 
> > (g)  to ensure mineral resources are identified and developed in ways that minimise impacts on the environment.
> 
> **s 3A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[1\].

4   Definitions

> Expressions used in this Act that are defined in the Dictionary at the end of this Act have the meanings set out in the Dictionary.
> 
> **s 4:** Am 1994 No 41, Sch 3; 1994 No 45, Sch 1. Subst 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[106\].

4A   Application of Act

> This Act does not apply to any area to which the [Offshore Minerals Act 1999](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1999-042) applies.
> 
> **s 4A:** Ins 1999 No 42, Sch 3.11 \[1\].

4B   Notes

> Notes included in this Act are explanatory notes and do not form part of this Act.
> 
> **s 4B:** Ins 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[1\].

Part 2 Prospecting and mining generally

Division 1 General

**pt 2, div 1, hdg:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[1\].

5   Mining or prospecting without authorisation

> A person must not prospect for or mine any mineral except in accordance with an authorisation that is in force in respect of that mineral and the land where the prospecting or mining is carried on.
> 
> Maximum penalty for prospecting in contravention of this section—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—5,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 500 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—1,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 100 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> Maximum penalty for mining in contravention of this section—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> **s 5:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[1\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[2\]. Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[1\] \[2\].

6   Unauthorised carrying out of designated ancillary mining activities

> > (1) Carrying out of designated ancillary mining activities within authorisation area A person must not carry out a designated ancillary mining activity on land within an authorisation area except in accordance with the authorisation.
> 
> > (2) Carrying out of designated ancillary mining activities outside mining area A person must not, on land that is not within the mining area of a mining lease, carry out a designated ancillary mining activity that is in the immediate vicinity of and that directly facilitates the mining lease concerned, except in accordance with—
> > 
> > > (a)  a condition of the mining lease that regulates the carrying out of the activity, or
> > 
> > > (b)  another mining lease in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only that authorises the carrying out of the activity.
> 
> > (3) Carrying out of designated ancillary mining activities outside claim area, but within mineral claims district A person must not, on land that is not within the claim area of a mineral claim, but is within a mineral claims district, carry out a designated ancillary mining activity, except in accordance with—
> > 
> > > (a)  a mining lease in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only that authorises the carrying out of the activity, or
> > 
> > > (b)  a mineral claim in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only that authorises the carrying out of the activity.
> 
> > (4) Carrying out of designated ancillary mining activities outside mineral claims district A person must not, on land that is not within a mineral claims district, carry out a designated ancillary mining activity that is in the immediate vicinity of and that directly facilitates a mineral claim, except in accordance with a mining lease in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only that authorises the carrying out of the activity.
> 
> > (5) Exemptions The regulations may provide for the exemption (including by order of the Minister) of a person or class of persons from the operation of this section with respect to the carrying out of a designated ancillary mining activity, or a class of designated ancillary mining activities.
> 
> > (6) Definition In this section, designated ancillary mining activity means the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the construction, maintenance or use of any reservoir, dam (including a tailings dam), drain or water race, other than any reservoir, dam, drain or water race principally used for purposes not connected with mining or any other activities regulated by or under an authorisation,
> > 
> > > (b)  opal puddling,
> > 
> > > (c)  the removal, stockpiling or depositing of overburden, ore or tailings to the extent that it is associated with mineral extraction or mineral beneficiation.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> **s 6:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[2\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[2\] (am 2010 No 59, Sch 2.62 \[1\]). Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[3\]. Subst 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[2\].

7–9   (Repealed)

**s 7:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[2\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[2\].

**s 8:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[53\] \[54\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[2\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[2\].

**s 9:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[1\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[2\].

10   Defences to prosecutions under Part 2

> > (1)  It is a defence to a prosecution of a person for an offence under section 5 if the person establishes that the person was prospecting for or mining minerals in the course of—
> > 
> > > (a)  fossicking, or
> > > 
> > > Note—
> > > 
> > > Section 12 declares fossicking to be a lawful activity.
> > 
> > > (b)  carrying out an activity in accordance with section 81.
> 
> > (2)  It is a defence to a prosecution of a person for an offence under section 6 if the person establishes that the person was carrying out the ancillary mining activity in the course of carrying out an activity in accordance with section 81.
> 
> > (3)  It is a defence to the prosecution of a person for an offence under section 5 or 6 if the person establishes that the person was prospecting for or mining minerals, or carrying out the ancillary mining activity—
> > 
> > > (a)  in accordance with rights under an authority or a mineral claim that have devolved on the person by operation of law, and
> > 
> > > (b)  at a time when the person had applied under section 162 or 202 to have the person’s name recorded as the holder of the authority or mineral claim and the application had not been refused.
> 
> **s 10:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[3\].

10A   Restriction on grant of authorisations with respect to uranium

> An authorisation (other than an exploration licence or an environmental assessment permit relating to an exploration licence) may not be granted in respect of uranium.
> 
> **s 10A:** Ins 2012 No 16, Sch 1 \[1\].

11   Property in minerals lawfully mined

> > (1)  For the purposes of this or any other Act or law, it is declared that any mineral that is lawfully mined becomes the property of the person by or on behalf of whom it is mined at the time the material from which it is recovered is severed from the land from which it is mined.
> 
> > (2)  For the purposes of this or any other Act or law, it is declared that any mineral contained in—
> > 
> > > (a)  a stockpile of material that has been lawfully mined for the purpose of enabling the mineral to be recovered, or
> > 
> > > (b)  a pile of tailings arising from the recovery of a mineral from material that has been so mined,
> > 
> > remains the property of the person by or on behalf of whom the material was mined and does not become part of the land on which it is situated.
> 
> > (3)  However, any mineral that has been mined pursuant to a mining lease or mineral claim but is still contained in such a stockpile or pile of tailings when the lease or claim ceases to have effect—
> > 
> > > (a)  ceases to be the property of the person by or on behalf of whom the material in the stockpile or pile of tailings was mined, and
> > 
> > > (b)  becomes part of the land on which the stockpile or pile of tailings is situated,
> > 
> > at the time the mining lease or mineral claim ceases to have effect.
> 
> > (4)  This section is subject to the provisions of any private agreement.

11A   Certain activities taken not to be prospecting or mining

> > (1)  The regulations may declare that, or provide for the declaration by the Minister that, a specified activity is, or a specified class or classes of activities are, not prospecting or mining for the purposes of this Act.
> 
> > (2)  A declaration referred to in subsection (1)—
> > 
> > > (a)  may require a person who proposes to carry out any such activity to give notice of intention to do so to the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may require a person who carries out any such activity to pay royalty to the Crown in respect of any publicly owned minerals recovered as a consequence of the carrying out of that activity.
> 
> > (3)  Part 14 applies, subject to any modifications necessary to give effect to a declaration under subsection (1) and any modifications prescribed by the regulations—
> > 
> > > (a)  to royalty payable under subsection (2) in the same way as it applies to royalty payable on a mineral recovered under a mining lease, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to the person by whom royalty is payable as if the person were the holder of a mining lease.
> 
> **s 11A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[10\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[4\]–\[6\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\].

12   Fossicking

> > (1)  For the purposes of this or any other Act or law, it is declared that fossicking is a lawful activity.
> 
> > (2)  Subsection (1)—
> > 
> > > (a)  does not affect any other Act or law that prohibits, regulates or restricts fossicking or that has the effect of prohibiting, regulating or restricting fossicking and, in particular, does not make fossicking a lawful authority or lawful excuse for the purposes of any such Act or law, and
> > 
> > > (b)  does not confer on any person a right of entry on to land (other than land prescribed by subsection (2A)) for fossicking purposes.
> 
> > (2A)  For the purposes of subsection (2) (b), the prescribed land is Crown land (within the meaning of the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058))—
> > 
> > > (a)  that is not held under a lease, licence or permissive occupancy under the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058), and
> > 
> > > (b)  that is not under the management or control of a trustee or a public or local authority.
> 
> > (3)  Any publicly owned mineral that is recovered in the course of lawful fossicking becomes the property of the person by whom it is found at the time it is severed from the land on which it is found.
> 
> > (4)  A person must not carry out fossicking on any land the subject of an authority, mineral claim or opal prospecting licence except with the consent of the holder of the authority, claim or licence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—50 penalty units.
> 
> > (5)  Subsection (4) does not apply to the carrying out of fossicking on land the subject of an exploration licence if the land is within a fossicking district.
> 
> > (6)  A person must not carry out fossicking on any land that is, or in waters that are, the subject of an approved determination of native title under the Commonwealth Native Title Act to the effect that native title exists, except with the consent of the relevant registered native title body corporate with respect to that native title.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—50 penalty units.
> 
> **s 12:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[6\] \[7\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[2\] \[3\]; 2000 No 90, Schs 1.1 \[3\], 3.1 \[1\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[1\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[1\] \[2\].

Division 2 Offences concerning theft of minerals

**pt 2, div 2:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[2\].

12A   Definitions

> In this Division—
> 
> mining land means any land the subject of a mining lease or mineral claim.
> 
> owner in relation to a mine or mining land, means a person—
> 
> > (a)  who is authorised (whether under a mining lease or mineral claim or otherwise) to mine for minerals in or on the mine or mining land, or
> 
> > (b)  who is entitled to receive any minerals recovered from the mine or mining land.
> 
> **s 12A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[2\].

12B   Stealing minerals

> A person who—
> 
> > (a)  steals, or attempts to steal, a mineral from any mine or mining land, or
> 
> > (b)  severs, or attempts to sever, a mineral from any mine or mining land with intent to steal,
> 
> is guilty of an offence.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both.
> 
> **s 12B:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[2\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[7\]; 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[4\].

12C   Fraudulent removal and concealment of minerals by employees

> A person employed in or about any mine or mining land who removes or conceals, or attempts to remove or conceal, a mineral found in that mine or mining land with intent to defraud an owner of the mine or mining land is guilty of an offence.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both.
> 
> **s 12C:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[2\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[7\]; 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[5\].

12D   Fraudulent removal and concealment of minerals by partners

> An owner of any mine or mining land who removes or conceals, or attempts to remove or conceal, a mineral found in that mine or mining land with intent to defraud any other owner of the mine or mining land is guilty of an offence.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both.
> 
> **s 12D:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[2\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[7\]; 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[6\].

12E   (Repealed)

**s 12E:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[2\]. Am 1999 No 94, Sch 4.39. Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[4\].

Part 3 Exploration licences

Division 1 Applications and tenders

13   Application for exploration licence

> > (1)  Any person may apply for an exploration licence.
> 
> > (2)  To avoid doubt, the owner of privately owned minerals may apply for an exploration (mineral owner) licence or any other exploration licence with respect to those minerals.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > The owner of privately owned minerals may choose to apply for an ordinary exploration licence with respect to those minerals, rather than an exploration (mineral owner) licence. In relation to exploration (mineral owner) licences see section 24 (4).
> 
> > (3)  An application that relates to land in a mineral allocation area may not be made, except with the Minister’s consent, in relation to any group of minerals that includes an allocated mineral.
> 
> > (3A)  An application that relates to land in a controlled release area may not be made in relation to any group of minerals that includes a controlled release mineral except—
> > 
> > > (a)  pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles), or
> > 
> > > (b)  under section 13C (Application for operational allocation licence by existing authority holders), or
> > 
> > > (c)  by the Secretary on behalf of the Crown under section 13D (Crown pre-competitive exploration licences).
> 
> > (4)  An application for an exploration licence must—
> > 
> > > (a)  specify the group or groups of minerals in respect of which the application is made, and
> > 
> > > (b)  be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (c)  be accompanied by the required information and the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (d)  if the application is for an exploration (mineral owner) licence with respect to privately owned minerals that have more than one owner, be made by all the owners.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 129A requires an application for an exploration licence to be accompanied by a proposed work program.
> 
> > (5)  The required information is as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  a description, prepared in the approved manner, of the proposed exploration area,
> > 
> > > (b)  particulars of the financial resources and relevant technical advice available to the applicant,
> > 
> > > (c)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (d)  particulars of the estimated amount of money that the applicant proposes to spend on prospecting in that area,
> > 
> > > (e)  if the application is for an exploration (mineral owner) licence, evidence that the minerals to which the application relates are owned by the applicant,
> > 
> > > (e1)  if the application is for an exploration licence over land that is the subject of another exploration licence for the same group or groups of minerals, the written consent of the holder of that other exploration licence,
> > 
> > > (f)  any other information that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (6)  If there is more than one applicant for the licence, a reference in subsection (5) to the applicant is a reference to each applicant.
> 
> **s 13:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[8\]. Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[1\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[1\] \[2\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[3\].

13A   Notice of application for exploration licence

> > (1)  Within 14 days (or such other period as may be prescribed by the regulations) after lodging an application for an exploration licence, the applicant must cause notice of the application to be published in a newspaper circulating generally in the State and in at least one newspaper circulating in the locality of the proposed exploration area.
> 
> > (2)  The notice must—
> > 
> > > (a)  state that an application for an exploration licence has been lodged, and
> > 
> > > (b)  contain a plan of the proposed exploration area, and
> > 
> > > (c)  comply with any other requirements that are prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.
> 
> > (3)  This section does not apply to an application made pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles).
> 
> **s 13A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[8\]. Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[2\].

13B   Limit on subsequent applications for exploration licences

> If a person—
> 
> > (a)  applies for the grant or renewal of a mineral owner authority in relation to particular land and that application is refused, or
> 
> > (b)  was the holder of a mineral owner authority in relation to particular land when that authority was cancelled,
> 
> the person may not, within 2 years after that refusal or cancellation, apply for an exploration (mineral owner) licence in relation to that land except with the Minister’s consent.
> 
> **s 13B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[8\].

13C   Application for operational allocation licence by existing authority holders

> > (1)  The holder of an exploration licence, assessment lease or mining lease for coal may apply under this section for an exploration licence for coal.
> 
> > (2)  An application under this section is subject to the following requirements—
> > 
> > > (a)  the application must be for a purpose that is prescribed by the regulations as an operational allocation purpose,
> > 
> > > (b)  the land to which the application relates must comply with the regulations in relation to shape, size and such other features as may be prescribed,
> > 
> > > (c)  such other requirements as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  Without limiting any other provision of this Act, an application under this section may be refused on any one or more of the following grounds—
> > 
> > > (a)  the decision-maker is not satisfied that the application is for an operational allocation purpose,
> > 
> > > (b)  the decision-maker is satisfied that there is sufficient interest from other potential applicants to justify a competitive selection process for the grant of an exploration licence over the area concerned,
> > 
> > > (c)  the decision-maker is satisfied that the application does not comply with any requirement of this section or the regulations.
> 
> > (4)  Without limiting any other provision of this Act, in deciding whether to grant or refuse an application under this section the decision-maker may take into account any guidelines issued (and made publicly available) by the Minister for the purposes of this section.
> 
> **s 13C:** Ins 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[3\].

13D   Crown pre-competitive exploration licences

> > (1)  The Secretary may apply on behalf of the Crown for an exploration licence (a Crown pre-competitive exploration licence) for a controlled release mineral within a controlled release area to authorise prospecting for the purpose of obtaining information about the potential mineral bearing qualities of land in the State.
> 
> > (2)  The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  requirements for prospecting conducted under a Crown pre-competitive exploration licence including the purposes for which prospecting is to be undertaken and the criteria that prospecting under the licence is to satisfy,
> > 
> > > (b)  procedures for the relinquishment of a Crown pre-competitive exploration licence when prospecting under the licence is completed.
> 
> > (3)  The rights conferred by section 29 (Rights under exploration licence) on the holder of a Crown pre-competitive exploration licence are subject to the requirements of the regulations under this section.
> 
> **s 13D:** Ins 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[3\].

14   Invitations for tenders

> > (1)  This section applies only in relation to allocated minerals in land within a mineral allocation area.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may, by notice published—
> > 
> > > (a)  in a newspaper circulating generally throughout the State, and
> > 
> > > (b)  in one or more newspapers circulating in the locality in which the land concerned is situated,
> > 
> > invite tenders for an exploration licence (other than an exploration (mineral owner) licence) for an allocated mineral.
> 
> > (3)  An invitation—
> > 
> > > (a)  must describe the land to which it relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must identify the allocated mineral to which it relates, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must specify the place at which, and the date on or before which, tenders for the exploration licence should be lodged.
> 
> **s 14:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[9\].

15   Tenders

> > (1)  A tender for an exploration licence—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be lodged with the Secretary in accordance with the invitation for the tender, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be accompanied by the required information, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must be accompanied by the lodgment fee prescribed by the regulations.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 129A requires a tender for an exploration licence to be accompanied by a proposed work program.
> 
> > (2)  The required information is as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  particulars of the financial resources and relevant technical advice available to the tenderer,
> > 
> > > (b)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (c)  particulars of the estimated amount of money that the tenderer proposes to expend on prospecting,
> > 
> > > (d)  any other information that is specified in the tender invitation.
> 
> > (3)  A tender may specify that, in the event that the tender is successful, the tenderer will pay a specified amount in addition to the cash reserve price (if any) specified in the invitation for the tender.
> 
> > (4)  A tender may be made in respect of the whole or any part of the land described in the invitation for the tender.
> 
> **s 15:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[10\]–\[12\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[3\] \[4\].

16   (Repealed)

**s 16:** Subst 2001 No 34, Sch 4.36 \[1\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[5\].

17   Exclusion of land from application or tender

> > (1)  The decision-maker may, by order in writing, direct that any part of the land to which an application or tender for an exploration licence relates be excluded from the application or tender.
> 
> > (2)  A direction takes effect on the date on which written notice of the direction is served on the applicant or tenderer.
> 
> > (3)  A tenderer affected by any such direction may amend the tender by written notice lodged with the Secretary on or before such date as may be specified in the direction.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply to an application for an exploration (mineral owner) licence.
> 
> **s 17:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[14\] \[15\].

Division 2 Restrictions on the grant of exploration licences

18   Land in reserve or opal prospecting area

> An exploration licence may not be granted over any land within—
> 
> > (a)  an opal prospecting area, or
> 
> > (b)  a reserve in respect of which an order prohibiting the granting of exploration licences is in force under section 367.

19   Land subject to authority

> > (1)  An exploration licence may not be granted over any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  the subject of some other exploration licence that includes a group of minerals in respect of which the firstmentioned exploration licence is sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the subject of a mining lease, assessment lease or mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (c)  the subject of an application for any of the following that was lodged before the application for the firstmentioned exploration licence—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  an exploration licence that includes a group of minerals in respect of which the firstmentioned exploration licence is sought,
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  an assessment lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  a mining lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  a mineral claim.
> > 
> > otherwise than to or with the written consent of the holder of, or the applicant for, that licence, lease or claim.
> 
> > (1A)  Despite subsection (1) (c) (i), an exploration licence may be granted over land the subject of a preceding application for an exploration licence if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the application for the firstmentioned exploration licence was made pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles), and
> > 
> > > (b)  that invitation was issued before the preceding application was lodged.
> 
> > (2)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (3)  If, as a result of such a consent, an exploration licence is granted over any such land, that land—
> > 
> > > (a)  ceases to be subject to the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim concerned, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is excluded from the application for the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim concerned,
> > 
> > as the case requires, unless the decision-maker makes a determination under subsection (4).
> 
> > (4)  The decision-maker may determine that subsection (3) does not apply with respect to the land or to a part of the land if the decision-maker is satisfied that having the land or that part subject to both the licence and the other authorisation concerned is not likely to make the exercise of rights under the licence or the other authorisation impracticable.
> 
> **s 19:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[16\]–\[18\]; 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[4\].

20, 21   (Repealed)

**s 20:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[55\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[1\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[19\].

**s 21:** Am 2002 No 129, Sch 2.12 \[1\]; 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[1\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[6\].

Division 3 Granting of exploration licences

22   Power of decision-maker in relation to applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for an exploration licence, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant to the applicant an exploration licence over all or part of the land over which a licence was sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of an application for an exploration licence and the conditions to which an exploration licence is subject.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker may grant a single exploration licence in respect of 2 or more applications or 2 or more exploration licences in respect of a single application.
> 
> **s 22:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[20\] \[21\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[1\] \[2\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[7\] \[8\].

23   Power of decision-maker in relation to tenders

> > (1)  After considering a tender in respect of land in respect of which one tender only is lodged, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant an exploration licence to the tenderer, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the tender.
> 
> > (2)  After considering all tenders in respect of land in respect of which more than one tender is lodged, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant an exploration licence to any one of the tenderers and refuse the other tenders, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse all of the tenders.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of an exploration licence to a tenderer.
> 
> > (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (4)  For the purposes of this section, only one tender is lodged in respect of land if no other tender is lodged in respect of the land or any part of the land.
> 
> **s 23:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[22\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[3\] \[4\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[9\] \[10\].

23A   Activity approval required for assessable prospecting operations

> > (1)  An exploration licence is subject to a statutory condition that the holder of the licence must not carry out an assessable prospecting operation on land over which the licence is granted unless an activity approval has been obtained for the carrying out of the assessable prospecting operation in relation to that land and is in force.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an exploration licence may apply in writing to the decision-maker for approval to carry out an assessable prospecting operation in relation to any part of the land over which the licence is granted (an activity approval).
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker may require the holder to provide such information as is required by the decision-maker, within the time specified by the decision-maker, before considering the application or at any time during consideration of the application.
> 
> > (4)  After considering the application for the activity approval, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant the activity approval, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (5)  Without limiting the grounds for refusal, the application may be refused if the applicant fails to provide the information required by the decision-maker within the time required.
> 
> > (6)  An activity approval may be granted subject to terms.
> 
> > (7)  For the purposes of this Act, it is a statutory condition of an exploration licence that the holder must comply with any activity approval granted to the holder and in force.
> 
> > (8)  Clauses 7 (2)–(4), 10 (2), 12 and 14 of Schedule 1B apply to and in respect of the imposition of terms on, and variation of the terms of, an activity approval in the same way as they apply to and in respect of the imposition of conditions on, and the variation of the conditions of, an authorisation.
> 
> > (9)  The decision-maker may cancel an activity approval—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the holder of the activity approval lodges with the Secretary a request that the decision-maker cancel the activity approval, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that a person has contravened the activity approval (whether or not the person is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention).
> 
> > (10)  Before cancelling an activity approval, otherwise than at the request of the holder of the activity approval, the decision-maker is to cause a written notice to be served on the holder of the activity approval that contains the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  notice that the activity approval is proposed to be cancelled,
> > 
> > > (b)  details of the grounds for the proposed cancellation,
> > 
> > > (c)  notice that the holder of the activity approval has a specified period (of at least 28 days) in which to make representations with respect to the proposed cancellation.
> 
> > (11)  The decision-maker must not cancel an activity approval, otherwise than at the request of the holder of the activity approval, unless—
> > 
> > > (a)  the decision-maker has taken any such representations received from the holder of the activity approval into consideration, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the period specified in the notice has elapsed and no such representations have been received.
> 
> > (12)  The decision-maker is to cause written notice of the cancellation of an activity approval to be given to the holder of the activity approval.
> 
> > (13)  The cancellation takes effect on the date on which the written notice of the cancellation is given to the holder of the activity approval, or on a later date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (14)  Any person who is aggrieved by the decision of the decision-maker to cancel an activity approval held by the person may appeal to the Land and Environment Court against the decision. Section 128 applies to such an appeal as if it were an appeal against a decision to cancel an authority.
> 
> > (15)  The cancellation of an activity approval does not affect any liability incurred by the holder of the activity approval before the cancellation took effect.
> 
> > (16)  Action may be taken under subsection (9) (b) whether or not any other action has been taken in respect of the activity approval under this Act.
> 
> **s 23A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[11\].

24   Land and minerals for which exploration licence may be granted

> > (1)  An exploration licence may be granted over land of any title or tenure.
> 
> > (2)  An exploration licence may be granted in respect of any group or groups of minerals, regardless of whether the minerals in any such group are publicly owned, privately owned or partly publicly and partly privately owned.
> 
> > (3)  An exploration licence may be granted over the surface of land, over the surface of land and the subsoil below the surface, over the surface of land and the subsoil down to a specified depth below the surface or over the subsoil below or between any specified depth or depths below the surface of land.
> 
> > (4)  However, an exploration (mineral owner) licence may be granted—
> > 
> > > (a)  only in respect of privately owned minerals, and
> > 
> > > (b)  only to the owner of those minerals.
> 
> **s 24:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[1\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[23\].

25   Shape and dimensions of land over which exploration licence may be granted

> > (1)  The land over which an exploration licence is granted must comply with the regulations in relation to shape and size.
> 
> > (2)  The land over which an exploration licence is granted may differ in size or shape from, but may not include land other than, the land over which the licence was sought.
> 
> > (3)  Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply with respect to an exploration (mineral owner) licence.
> 
> > (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 25:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[24\] \[25\].

26   (Repealed)

**s 26:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[20\] \[21\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[26\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[1\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\] \[2\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[12\].

27   Term of exploration licence

> An exploration licence—
> 
> > (a)  takes effect on the date on which it is granted or on such later date, or on the occurrence of such later event, as the decision-maker may determine, and
> 
> > (b)  ceases to have effect on the expiration of—
> > 
> > > (i)  2 years after the date on which it took effect, in the case of an exploration (mineral owner) licence, or
> > 
> > > (ii)  such period (not exceeding 6 years) as the decision-maker determines, in the case of any other exploration licence.
> 
> **s 27:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[26\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[13\].

28   Form of exploration licence

> An exploration licence is to be in the approved form and is to include the following particulars—
> 
> > (a)  a description of the land over which it is granted,
> 
> > (b)  a list of the group or groups of minerals in respect of which it is granted,
> 
> > (c)  the conditions to which it is subject,
> 
> > (d)  the period for which it is to have effect.
> 
> Note—
> 
> Schedule 1B provides for an exploration licence to be varied after it is granted.
> 
> **s 28:** Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[14\].

Division 4 Rights and duties under an exploration licence

29   Rights under exploration licence

> > (1)  The holder of an exploration licence may, in accordance with the conditions of the licence, prospect on the land specified in the licence for the group or groups of minerals so specified.
> 
> > (2)  If an application for an assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim made by the holder of an exploration licence is not finally dealt with before the date on which the licence would otherwise cease to have effect, the licence continues to have effect, in relation only to the land to which the application relates, until the application is finally dealt with.
> 
> > (3)  Subsection (2) does not operate to extend an exploration licence for more than 2 years, or such further period as the Minister may approve in a particular case, after the date on which it would otherwise expire.
> 
> **s 29:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[107\].

29A   (Repealed)

**s 29A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[22\]. Rep 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[2\].

30   Exempted areas

> > (1)  The holder of an exploration licence may not, except with the consent of the Minister, exercise any of the rights conferred by the licence within land in an exempted area.
> 
> > (2)  Such consent may be given either unconditionally or subject to conditions.
> 
> > (3)  Clauses 12 and 14 of Schedule 1B apply to the variation or suspension of a condition of consent granted under this section in the same way as they apply to the variation or suspension of a condition of an authorisation.
> 
> **s 30:** Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[15\].

31   Dwelling-houses, gardens and significant improvements

> > (1)  The holder of an exploration licence may not exercise any of the rights conferred by the licence over the surface of land—
> > 
> > > (a)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated a dwelling-house that is the principal place of residence of the person occupying it, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated any garden, or
> > 
> > > (c)  on which is situated any significant improvement other than an improvement constructed or used for ancillary mining activities only,
> > 
> > except with the written consent of the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or improvement (and, in the case of the dwelling-house, the written consent of its occupant).
> 
> > (2)  The prescribed distance is—
> > 
> > > (a)  200 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (a), and
> > 
> > > (b)  50 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (b).
> 
> > (3)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply with respect to a dwelling-house, garden or significant improvement owned by the holder of the exploration licence or, if the holder is a corporation, by a related corporation.
> 
> > (5)  If a dispute arises as to whether or not subsection (1) applies in a particular case, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (6)  The holder of the exploration licence is to pay the costs of the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or improvement (or occupant of the dwelling-house) in those proceedings in the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (7)  This section does not apply to the holder of an exploration licence who carries out a seismic survey on a road within the meaning of the [Road Transport Act 2013](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2013-018), but only if the holder has given written notice of at least 21 days (or such other period as is prescribed by the regulations) of the carrying out of the seismic survey to the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or significant improvement concerned (and, in the case of a dwelling-house, the occupant).
> 
> **s 31:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[39\] \[40\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[2\] \[3\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[1\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[28\]; 2008 No 68, Sch 1 \[1\] \[2\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[2\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[1\].

32   Exploration areas over which authority is subsequently granted

> Land over which an exploration licence is granted and over which some other authority (other than an exploration licence for some other group or groups of minerals) is subsequently granted ceases to be part of the exploration area when the other authority takes effect.

Division 5 Low-impact exploration licences—special provisions

**pt 3, div 5:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

32A   Object of Division

> The object of this Division is to provide for the grant of a class of low-impact exploration licence that may be approved under section 26A of the Commonwealth Native Title Act.
> 
> Note—
> 
> See clause 14 (3) of Part 5 of Schedule 5 to the [Native Title Amendment Act 1998](https://web.archive.org/web/20250210093119/http://www.legislation.gov.au/) of the Commonwealth for preservation of approvals previously granted by the Commonwealth.
> 
> **ss 32A–32E:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

32B   Special low-impact class of licence

> > (1)  There is to be a special class of exploration licence called a low-impact exploration licence.
> 
> > (2)  An exploration licence may be granted as a low-impact exploration licence if this Division is complied with.
> 
> > (3)  The provisions of this Act relating to exploration licences apply to low-impact exploration licences, except as otherwise provided by this Division.
> 
> **ss 32A–32E:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

32C   Authority conferred by low-impact licence

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, determine the kind of prospecting operations that may be authorised by a low-impact exploration licence, being operations that the Minister is satisfied are unlikely to have a significant impact on the land over which the licence may be granted.
> > 
> > Editorial note—
> > 
> > For orders under this subsection see Gazette No 120 of 15.10.1999, p 10011.
> 
> > (2)  The conditions to which a low-impact exploration licence is subject are to limit the prospecting operations authorised by the licence to all or some of the prospecting operations of the kind determined by the Minister under this section.
> 
> > (3)  A change in the prospecting operations determined by the Minister under this section does not affect a low-impact exploration licence that is in force at the time the change is made.
> 
> **ss 32A–32E:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

32D   Provisions relating to applications for low-impact licence

> > (1)  A person may not be granted a low-impact exploration licence unless notice of the application for the licence has been served on all—
> > 
> > > (a)  registered native title bodies corporate, and
> > 
> > > (b)  registered native title claimants, and
> > 
> > > (c)  representative Aboriginal/Torres Strait Islander bodies,
> > 
> > in relation to any of the land that will be affected by the proposed prospecting operations to be authorised by the licence.
> 
> > (2)  The notice must contain a map or other description of the land over which the exploration licence is sought and a description of the kind of prospecting operations that may be authorised by the licence.
> 
> > (3)  An applicant may request the Minister to grant a low-impact exploration licence either at the time the application for a licence is made or at any later time before the grant of the licence.
> 
> > (4)  The regulations may make other provision for or with respect to the making and grant of applications for low-impact exploration licences.
> 
> > (5)  In this section, application includes tender.
> 
> **ss 32A–32E:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

32E   Change of class of licence—additional prospecting operations

> > (1)  The holder of a low-impact exploration licence may apply to the Minister for a variation of the prospecting operations authorised by the licence.
> 
> > (2)  After considering the application, the Minister may vary the licence or may refuse the application.
> 
> > (3)  If the prospecting operations authorised by a licence as so varied are not of a kind permitted by this Division, the licence ceases to be a low-impact exploration licence.
> 
> > (4)  The variation of an exploration licence takes effect on the date on which written notice of the variation is served on the holder of the licence or such later date as may be specified in the notice.
> 
> Note—
> 
> The right to negotiate or other procedures may apply to the variation of the licence under the Commonwealth Native Title Act if section 26A of that Act no longer applies because of the variation.
> 
> **ss 32A–32E:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

32EA   Review of determination under section 32E

> > (1)  The Minister must give an applicant under section 32E written notice of the outcome of the application.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of a low-impact exploration licence may, within 30 days (or such longer period as may be prescribed) after being served with written notice of the determination under section 32E apply to the decision-maker for a review of the determination.
> 
> > (3)  An application must—
> > 
> > > (a)  be made in the approved form and manner (if any), and
> > 
> > > (b)  contain any information that is prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (c)  be accompanied by the fee (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (4)  The making of an application for review of a determination does not operate to stay the determination.
> 
> > (5)  On a review, the decision-maker may confirm or change the determination.
> 
> > (6)  The decision-maker is to give the applicant written notice of the outcome of the application.
> 
> > (7)  If the decision-maker changes a determination, the changed determination replaces the earlier determination as from the date of the written notice.
> 
> > (8)  A decision on a review may not be further reviewed under this section.
> 
> **s 32EA:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[29\].

32F   Access arrangement required for prospecting operations under low-impact licences

> > (1)  In this section, relevant land means land in relation to which there are registered native title bodies corporate or registered native title claimants.
> 
> > (2)  A low-impact exploration licence is subject to the condition that the holder of the licence is not authorised to carry out prospecting operations on any relevant land otherwise than in accordance with an access arrangement under Division 2 of Part 8 between the holder of the licence and each registered native title body corporate or each registered native title claimant, being an access arrangement—
> > 
> > > (a)  that is agreed between them in accordance with that Division, or that is determined for them by an arbitrator in accordance with that Division, and
> > 
> > > (b)  that has involved consultation by the holder of the licence that satisfies the requirements of section 26A of the Commonwealth Native Title Act.
> 
> > (3)  This section does not apply in any case in which Division 2 of Part 8 is excluded because of section 138 (2) (which relates to prospecting title granted after compliance with the full native title right to negotiate procedure or an indigenous land use agreement).
> 
> > (4)  This section does not limit the operation of Division 2 of Part 8 with respect to landholders who are not native title holders.
> 
> **s 32F:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\]. Am 1999 No 31, Sch 2.23 \[1\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[4\].

32G   Renewal of low-impact licences

> The requirements of this Division with respect to the grant of a low-impact exploration licence apply to the renewal of such a licence, subject to any modifications prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 32G:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[1\].

Part 4 Assessment leases

Division 1 Applications

33   Application for assessment lease

> > (1)  Any person may apply for an assessment lease.
> 
> > (2)  To avoid doubt, the owner of privately owned minerals may apply for an assessment (mineral owner) lease or any other assessment lease with respect to those minerals.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > The owner of privately owned minerals may choose to apply for an ordinary assessment lease with respect to those minerals, rather than an assessment (mineral owner) lease. In relation to assessment (mineral owner) leases see section 42 (4).
> 
> > (3)  An application that relates to land in a mineral allocation area may not be made in relation to an allocated mineral except—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the holder of an exploration licence or mining lease over that land in respect of that mineral or group of minerals, or
> > 
> > > (b)  with the Minister’s consent.
> 
> > (3A)  An application that relates to land in a controlled release area may not be made in relation to a controlled release mineral except—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the holder of an exploration licence or mining lease over that land in respect of that mineral or group of minerals, or
> > 
> > > (b)  pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles).
> 
> > (4)  An application for an assessment lease must—
> > 
> > > (a)  specify the mineral or minerals in respect of which the application is made, and
> > 
> > > (b)  be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (c)  be accompanied by the required information and the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (d)  if the application is for an assessment (mineral owner) lease with respect to privately owned minerals that have more than one owner, be made by all the owners.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 129A requires an application for an assessment lease to be accompanied by a proposed work program.
> 
> > (5)  The required information is as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  a description, prepared in the approved manner, of the proposed assessment area,
> > 
> > > (b)  an assessment of the mineral bearing capacity of land in that area and of the extent of any mineral deposits in that land,
> > 
> > > (c)  particulars of the financial resources and technical advice available to the applicant,
> > 
> > > (d)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (e)  particulars of any program of marketing or environmental study proposed to be carried out by the applicant,
> > 
> > > (f)  particulars of the estimated amount of money that the applicant proposes to spend on prospecting in the proposed assessment area,
> > 
> > > (g)  if the application is for an assessment (mineral owner) lease, evidence that the minerals to which the application relates are owned by the applicant,
> > 
> > > (h)  any other information that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (6)  If there is more than one applicant for the lease, a reference in subsection (5) to the applicant is a reference to each applicant.
> 
> **s 33:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[30\]. Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[5\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[16\] \[17\].

33A   Notice of application for assessment lease

> > (1)  Within 14 days (or such other period as may be prescribed by the regulations) after lodging an application for an assessment lease, the applicant must cause notice of the application to be published in a newspaper circulating generally in the State and in at least one newspaper circulating in the locality concerned.
> 
> > (2)  The notice must—
> > 
> > > (a)  state that an application for an assessment lease has been lodged, and
> > 
> > > (b)  contain a plan of the proposed assessment area, and
> > 
> > > (c)  comply with any other requirements that are prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.
> 
> > (3)  This section does not apply to an application made pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles).
> 
> **s 33A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[30\]. Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[6\].

33B   Limit on subsequent applications

> If a person—
> 
> > (a)  applies for the grant or renewal of a mineral owner authority in relation to particular land and that application is refused, or
> 
> > (b)  was the holder of a mineral owner authority in relation to particular land when that authority was cancelled,
> 
> the person may not, within 2 years after that refusal or cancellation, apply for an assessment (mineral owner) lease in relation to that land except with the Minister’s consent.
> 
> **s 33B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[30\].

34   (Repealed)

**s 34:** Subst 2001 No 34, Sch 4.36 \[2\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[18\].

35   Exclusion of land from assessment lease application

> > (1)  The decision-maker may, by order in writing, direct that any part of the land to which an application for an assessment lease relates be excluded from the application.
> 
> > (2)  A direction takes effect on the date on which written notice of the direction is served on the applicant.
> 
> > (3)  This section does not apply to an application for an assessment (mineral owner) lease.
> 
> **s 35:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[31\].

Division 2 Restrictions on the grant of assessment leases

36   Land in reserve or opal prospecting area

> An assessment lease may not be granted over any land within—
> 
> > (a)  an opal prospecting area, or
> 
> > (b)  a reserve in respect of which an order prohibiting the granting of assessment leases is in force under section 367.

37   Land subject to authority

> > (1)  An assessment lease may not be granted over any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  the subject of an exploration licence that includes any mineral or minerals in respect of which the assessment lease is sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the subject of an assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (c)  the subject of an application for any of the following that was lodged before the application for the assessment lease—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  an exploration licence that includes a group of minerals in respect of which the assessment lease is sought,
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  an assessment lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  a mining lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  a mineral claim,
> > 
> > otherwise than to or with the written consent of the holder of, or the applicant for, that licence, lease or claim.
> 
> > (1A)  Despite subsection (1) (c) (i) and (ii), an assessment lease may be granted over land the subject of a preceding application for an exploration licence or assessment lease if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the application for the firstmentioned assessment lease was made pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles), and
> > 
> > > (b)  that invitation was issued before the preceding application was lodged.
> 
> > (2)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (3)  If, as a result of such a consent, an assessment lease is granted over any such land, that land—
> > 
> > > (a)  ceases to be subject to the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim concerned, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is excluded from the application for the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim concerned,
> > 
> > as the case requires, unless the decision-maker makes a determination under subsection (4).
> 
> > (4)  The decision-maker may determine that subsection (3) does not apply with respect to the land or to a part of the land if the decision-maker is satisfied that having the land or that part subject to both the lease and the other authorisation concerned will not make the exercise of rights under the lease or the other authorisation impracticable.
> 
> **s 37:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[32\]–\[34\]; 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[7\].

38   Land subject to exploration licence

> > (1)  If an application for an assessment lease is made in respect of land that is wholly or partly subject to one or more exploration licences (other than exploration licences that include any mineral or minerals in respect of which the assessment lease is sought), the decision-maker must cause notice of the application to be served on the holder of every such exploration licence.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an exploration licence served with such a notice may object to the granting of the assessment lease by lodging with the Secretary, on or before the date specified in the notice, a written notice stating the grounds of the objection.
> 
> > (3)  Any such objection is to be taken into consideration by the decision-maker when determining the application.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply to an application that is made with the written consent of the holder of every exploration licence over the land concerned.
> 
> > (5)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> **s 38:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[35\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[3\].

39, 40   (Repealed)

**s 39:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[56\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[4\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[36\].

**s 40:** Am 2002 No 129, Sch 2.12 \[1\]; 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[1\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[19\].

Division 3 Granting of assessment leases

41   Power of decision-maker in relation to applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for an assessment lease, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant to the applicant an assessment lease over all or part of the land over which a lease was sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of an application for an assessment lease and the conditions to which an assessment lease is subject.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker may not grant an assessment lease under this section otherwise than in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 1.
> 
> > (4)  However, Part 1 of Schedule 1 does not apply to an application for an assessment lease made—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the holder of a mining lease over the same land as that over which the assessment lease is sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  pursuant to an invitation under Schedule 1A (Competitive selection process for controlled release prospecting titles).
> 
> **s 41:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[37\] \[38\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[5\] \[6\]; 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[8\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[20\] \[21\].

42   Land and minerals for which assessment lease may be granted

> > (1)  An assessment lease may be granted over land of any title or tenure.
> 
> > (2)  An assessment lease may be granted in respect of any mineral or minerals, regardless of whether the mineral or minerals are publicly owned, privately owned or partly publicly and partly privately owned.
> 
> > (3)  An assessment lease may be granted over the surface of land, over the surface of land and the subsoil below the surface, over the surface of land and the subsoil down to a specified depth below the surface or over the subsoil below or between any specified depth or depths below the surface of land.
> 
> > (4)  However, an assessment (mineral owner) lease may be granted—
> > 
> > > (a)  only in respect of privately owned minerals, and
> > 
> > > (b)  only to the owner of those minerals.
> 
> **s 42:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[5\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[39\].

43   Shape and dimensions of land over which assessment lease may be granted

> The land over which an assessment lease is granted may differ in size or shape from, but may not include land other than, the land over which the lease was sought.

44   (Repealed)

**s 44:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[23\] \[24\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[40\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[3\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\] \[3\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[22\].

44A   Activity approval required for assessable prospecting operations

> > (1)  An assessment lease is subject to a statutory condition that the holder must not carry out an assessable prospecting operation on land over which the lease is granted unless an activity approval has been obtained for the carrying out of the assessable prospecting operation in relation to that land and is in force.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an assessment lease may apply in writing to the decision-maker for approval to carry out an assessable prospecting operation in relation to any part of the land over which the lease is granted (an activity approval).
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker may require the holder to provide such information as is required by the decision-maker, within the time specified by the decision-maker, before considering the application or at any time during consideration of the application.
> 
> > (4)  After considering the application for the activity approval, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant the activity approval, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (5)  Without limiting the grounds for refusal, the application may be refused if the applicant fails to provide the information required by the decision-maker within the time required.
> 
> > (6)  An activity approval may be granted subject to terms.
> 
> > (7)  For the purposes of this Act, it is a statutory condition of an assessment lease that the holder must comply with any activity approval granted to the holder and in force.
> 
> > (8)  Clauses 7 (2)–(4), 10 (2), 12 and 14 of Schedule 1B apply to and in respect of the imposition of terms on, and variation of the terms of, an activity approval in the same way as they apply to and in respect of the imposition of conditions on, and the variation of the conditions of, an authorisation.
> 
> > (9)  The decision-maker may cancel an activity approval—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the holder of the activity approval lodges with the Secretary a request that the decision-maker cancel the activity approval, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that a person has contravened the activity approval (whether or not the person is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention).
> 
> > (10)  Before cancelling an activity approval, otherwise than at the request of the holder of the activity approval, the decision-maker is to cause a written notice to be served on the holder of the activity approval that contains the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  notice that the activity approval is proposed to be cancelled,
> > 
> > > (b)  details of the grounds for the proposed cancellation,
> > 
> > > (c)  notice that the holder of the activity approval has a specified period (of at least 28 days) in which to make representations with respect to the proposed cancellation.
> 
> > (11)  The decision-maker must not cancel an activity approval, otherwise than at the request of the holder of the activity approval, unless—
> > 
> > > (a)  the decision-maker has taken any such representations received from the holder of the activity approval into consideration, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the period specified in the notice has elapsed and no such representations have been received.
> 
> > (12)  The decision-maker is to cause written notice of the cancellation of an activity approval to be given to the holder of the activity approval.
> 
> > (13)  The cancellation takes effect on the date on which the written notice of the cancellation is given to the holder of the activity approval, or on a later date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (14)  Any person who is aggrieved by the decision of the decision-maker to cancel an activity approval held by the person may appeal to the Land and Environment Court against the decision. Section 128 applies to such an appeal as if it were an appeal against a decision to cancel an authority.
> 
> > (15)  The cancellation of an activity approval does not affect any liability incurred by the holder of the activity approval before the cancellation took effect.
> 
> > (16)  Action may be taken under subsection (9) (b) whether or not any other action has been taken in respect of the activity approval under this Act.
> 
> **s 44A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[23\].

45   Term of assessment lease

> An assessment lease—
> 
> > (a)  takes effect on the date on which it is granted or on such later date, or on the occurrence of such later event, as the decision-maker may determine, and
> 
> > (b)  ceases to have effect on the expiration of—
> > 
> > > (i)  2 years after the date on which it took effect, in the case of an assessment (mineral owner) lease, or
> > 
> > > (ii)  such period (not exceeding 6 years) as the decision-maker determines, in the case of any other assessment lease.
> 
> **s 45:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[40\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[24\].

46   Form of assessment lease

> An assessment lease is to be in the approved form and is to include the following particulars—
> 
> > (a)  a description of the land over which it is granted,
> 
> > (b)  a list of the mineral or minerals in respect of which it is granted,
> 
> > (c)  the conditions to which it is subject,
> 
> > (d)  the period for which it is to have effect.
> 
> Note—
> 
> Schedule 1B provides that an assessment lease may be varied after it is granted.
> 
> **s 46:** Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[25\].

Division 4 Rights and duties under an assessment lease

47   Rights under assessment lease

> > (1)  The holder of an assessment lease may, in accordance with the conditions of the lease, prospect on the land specified in the lease for the mineral or minerals so specified.
> 
> > (2)  If an application for a mining lease or mineral claim made by the holder of an assessment lease is not finally dealt with before the date on which the assessment lease would otherwise cease to have effect, the lease continues to have effect, in relation only to the land to which the application relates, until the application is finally dealt with.
> 
> Note—
> 
> An assessment lease is designed to allow retention of rights over an area in which a significant mineral deposit has been identified, if mining the deposit is not commercially viable in the short term but there is a reasonable prospect that it will be in the longer term. The holder is allowed to continue prospecting operations and to recover minerals in the course of assessing the viability of commercial mining.
> 
> **s 47:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[2\].

47A   (Repealed)

**s 47A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[25\]. Rep 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[4\].

48   Exempted areas

> > (1)  The holder of an assessment lease may not, except with the consent of the Minister, exercise any of the rights conferred by the lease on land in an exempted area.
> 
> > (2)  Such consent may be given either unconditionally or subject to conditions.
> 
> > (3)  Clauses 12 and 14 of Schedule 1B apply to the variation or suspension of a condition of consent granted under this section in the same way as they apply to the variation or suspension of a condition of an authorisation.
> 
> **s 48:** Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[26\].

49   Dwelling-houses, gardens and significant improvements

> > (1)  The holder of an assessment lease may not exercise any of the rights conferred by the lease over the surface of land—
> > 
> > > (a)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated a dwelling-house that is the principal place of residence of the person occupying it, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated any garden, or
> > 
> > > (c)  on which is situated any significant improvement other than an improvement constructed or used for ancillary mining activities only,
> > 
> > except with the written consent of the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or improvement (and, in the case of the dwelling-house, the written consent of its occupant).
> 
> > (2)  The prescribed distance is—
> > 
> > > (a)  200 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (a), and
> > 
> > > (b)  50 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (b).
> 
> > (3)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply with respect to a dwelling-house, garden or significant improvement owned by the holder of the assessment lease or, if the holder is a corporation, by a related corporation.
> 
> > (5)  If a dispute arises as to whether or not subsection (1) applies in a particular case, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (6)  The holder of the assessment lease is to pay the costs of the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or improvement (or occupant of the dwelling-house) in those proceedings in the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (7)  This section does not apply to the holder of an assessment lease who carries out a seismic survey on a road within the meaning of the [Road Transport Act 2013](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2013-018), but only if the holder has given written notice of at least 21 days (or such other period as is prescribed by the regulations) of the carrying out of the seismic survey to the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or significant improvement concerned (and, in the case of a dwelling-house, the occupant).
> 
> **s 49:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[41\] \[42\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[2\] \[3\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[3\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[42\]; 2008 No 68, Sch 1 \[2\] \[3\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[5\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[2\].

50   Assessment areas over which authority is subsequently granted

> Land over which an assessment lease is granted and over which some other authority is subsequently granted ceases to be part of the assessment area when the other authority takes effect.

Part 5 Mining leases

Division 1 Applications and tenders

51   Application for mining lease

> > (1)  Any person may apply for a mining lease.
> 
> > (2)  To avoid doubt, the owner of privately owned minerals may apply for a mining (mineral owner) lease or any other mining lease with respect to those minerals.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > The owner of privately owned minerals may choose to apply for an ordinary mining lease with respect to those minerals, rather than a mining (mineral owner) lease. In relation to mining (mineral owner) leases see section 68 (4).
> 
> > (3)  An application that relates to land in a mineral allocation area may not be made in relation to an allocated mineral except—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the holder of an exploration licence, assessment lease or mining lease over that land in respect of that mineral, or
> > 
> > > (b)  with the Minister’s consent.
> 
> > (3A)  An application that relates to land in a controlled release area may not be made in relation to a controlled release mineral except by the holder of an exploration licence, assessment lease or mining lease over that land in respect of that mineral.
> 
> > (4)  An application for a mining lease must—
> > 
> > > (a)  specify the mineral or minerals, or the ancillary mining activity or activities, in respect of which the application is made, and
> > 
> > > (b)  be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (c)  be accompanied by the required information and the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (d)  if the application is for a mining (mineral owner) lease with respect to privately owned minerals that have more than one owner, be made by all the owners.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 129A requires an application for a mining lease to be accompanied by a proposed work program.
> 
> > (5)  The required information is as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  a description, prepared in the approved manner, of the proposed mining area,
> > 
> > > (b)  an assessment of the mineral bearing capacity of land in that area and of the extent of any mineral deposits in that land,
> > 
> > > (c)  particulars of the financial resources and technical advice available to the applicant,
> > 
> > > (d)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (e)  if the application is for a mining (mineral owner) lease, evidence that the minerals to which the application relates are owned by the applicant,
> > 
> > > (f)  any other information that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (6)  If there is more than one applicant for the lease, a reference in subsection (5) to the applicant is a reference to each applicant.
> 
> **s 51:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\] \[59\]–\[61\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[43\]. Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[9\] \[10\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[27\] \[28\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\].

51A   Notice of application for mining lease

> > (1)  Within 14 days (or such other period as may be prescribed by the regulations) after lodging an application for a mining lease, the applicant must cause notice of the application to be published in a newspaper circulating generally in the State and in at least one newspaper circulating in the locality concerned.
> 
> > (2)  The notice must—
> > 
> > > (a)  state that an application for a mining lease has been lodged, and
> > 
> > > (b)  contain a plan of the proposed mining area, and
> > 
> > > (c)  comply with any other requirements that are prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.
> 
> **s 51A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[43\].

51B   Limitation on subsequent applications

> If a person—
> 
> > (a)  applies for the grant or renewal of a mineral owner authority in relation to particular land and that application is refused, or
> 
> > (b)  was the holder of a mineral owner authority in relation to particular land when that authority was cancelled,
> 
> the person may not, within 2 years after that refusal or cancellation, apply for a mining (mineral owner) lease in relation to that land except with the Minister’s consent.
> 
> **s 51B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[43\].

52   Invitations for tenders

> > (1)  This section applies only to allocated minerals in land within a mineral allocation area and to controlled release minerals in land within a controlled release area.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may, by notice published—
> > 
> > > (a)  in a newspaper circulating generally throughout the State, and
> > 
> > > (b)  in one or more newspapers circulating in the locality in which the land concerned is situated,
> > 
> > invite tenders for a mining lease (other than a mining (mineral owner) lease) for an allocated mineral (within a mineral allocation area) or a controlled release mineral (within a controlled release area).
> 
> > (3)  An invitation—
> > 
> > > (a)  must describe the land to which it relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must identify the allocated mineral or controlled release mineral to which it relates, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must specify the place at which, and the date on or before which, tenders for the mining lease should be lodged.
> 
> > (4)  Tenders may not be invited under this section otherwise than in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 1.
> 
> **s 52:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[44\]; 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[11\]–\[13\].

53   Tenders

> > (1)  A tender for a mining lease—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be lodged with the Secretary in accordance with the invitation for the tender, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be accompanied by the required information, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must be accompanied by the lodgment fee prescribed by the regulations.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 129A requires a tender for a mining lease to be accompanied by a proposed work program.
> 
> > (2)  The required information is as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  particulars of the financial resources and relevant technical advice available to the tenderer,
> > 
> > > (b)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (c)  any other information that is specified in the tender invitation.
> 
> > (3)  A tender may specify that, in the event that the tender is successful, the tenderer will pay—
> > 
> > > (a)  a specified amount, or
> > 
> > > (b)  royalty, at a specified rate, over and above the royalty payable under Part 14, or
> > 
> > > (c)  both such an amount and royalty at such a rate,
> > 
> > in addition to the cash reserve price (if any) specified in the invitation for the tender.
> 
> > (4)  A tender may also specify—
> > 
> > > (a)  whether or not an amount referred to in subsection (3) (a) will be paid by way of instalments, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if such an amount is to be paid by way of instalments—the period (not exceeding 5 years) within which the amount will be paid.
> 
> > (5)  A tenderer is entitled to a refund of the fee referred to in subsection (1) (c) if a mining lease is not granted to the tenderer as a consequence of the tenderer being refused development consent to the use of the land concerned, or any part of the land, for the purpose of obtaining minerals.
> 
> **s 53:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[45\]–\[47\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[29\] \[30\].

54   (Repealed)

**s 54:** Subst 2001 No 34, Sch 4.36 \[3\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[31\].

55   Exclusion of land from application or tender

> > (1)  The decision-maker may, by order in writing, direct that any part of the land to which an application or tender for a mining lease relates be excluded from the application or tender.
> 
> > (2)  A direction takes effect on the date on which written notice of the direction is served on the applicant or tenderer.
> 
> > (3)  A tenderer affected by any such direction may amend the tender by written notice lodged with the Secretary on or before such date as may be specified in the direction.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply to an application for a mining (mineral owner) lease.
> 
> **s 55:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[48\] \[49\].

56   (Repealed)

**s 56:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[50\].

Division 2 Restrictions on the grant of mining leases

57   Land in reserve

> A mining lease may not be granted over any land within—
> 
> > (a)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (b)  a reserve in respect of which an order prohibiting the granting of mining leases is in force under section 367.
> 
> **s 57:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[108\].

58   Land subject to authority

> > (1)  A mining lease may not be granted over any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  the subject of an exploration licence that includes any mineral or minerals in respect of which the mining lease is sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the subject of an assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (c)  the subject of an application for any of the following that was lodged before the application for the firstmentioned mining lease—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  an exploration licence that includes minerals in respect of which the mining lease is sought,
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  an assessment lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  a mining lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  a mineral claim,
> > 
> > otherwise than to or with the written consent of the holder of, or the applicant for, that licence, lease or claim.
> 
> > (2)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (3)  If, as a result of such a consent, a mining lease is granted over any such land, that land—
> > 
> > > (a)  ceases to be subject to the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim concerned, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is excluded from the application for the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim concerned,
> > 
> > as the case requires, unless the decision-maker makes a determination under subsection (4).
> 
> > (4)  The decision-maker may determine that subsection (3) does not apply with respect to the land or to a part of the land if the decision-maker is satisfied that having the land or that part subject to both the lease and the other authorisation concerned is not likely to make the exercise of rights under the lease or the other authorisation impracticable.
> 
> **s 58:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[51\]–\[53\].

59   Land subject to exploration licence

> > (1)  If an application for a mining lease is lodged in respect of land that is subject wholly or partly to one or more exploration licences (other than exploration licences that include any mineral or minerals in respect of which the mining lease is sought), the decision-maker must cause notice of the application to be served on the holder of every such exploration licence.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an exploration licence served with such a notice may object to the granting of the mining lease by lodging with the Secretary, on or before the date specified in the notice, a written notice stating the grounds of the objection.
> 
> > (3)  Any such objection is to be taken into consideration by the Minister when determining the application.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply to an application that is made with the written consent of the holder of every exploration licence over the land concerned.
> 
> > (5)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> **s 59:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[54\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[6\].

60, 61   (Repealed)

**s 60:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[57\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[7\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[55\].

**s 61:** Am 2002 No 129, Sch 2.12 \[1\]; 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[1\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[32\].

62   Dwelling-houses, gardens and significant improvements

> > (1)  A mining lease may not be granted over the surface of any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated a dwelling-house that is the principal place of residence of the person occupying it, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated any garden, or
> > 
> > > (c)  on which is situated anything that is taken to be a significant improvement under clause 23A of Schedule 1,
> > 
> > except with the written consent of the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or improvement (and, in the case of the dwelling-house, the written consent of its occupant).
> 
> > (2)  The prescribed distance is—
> > 
> > > (a)  200 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (a), and
> > 
> > > (b)  50 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (b).
> 
> > (3)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (4)  Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a dwelling-house, garden or significant improvement that was not in existence at the relevant date.
> 
> > (5)  The relevant date is—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a mining lease the subject of a tender under section 53, the date on which notice of the invitation for tenders for the mining lease was published in the Gazette under section 136, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a mining lease the subject of an application made by the holder of an exploration licence granted as a result of a tender under section 15 in respect of the same land, or of an assessment lease granted over the same land to the holder of such an exploration licence, the date on which notice of the invitation for tenders for the exploration licence was published in the Gazette under section 136, or
> > 
> > > (c)  in the case of a mining lease for coal the subject of an application made by the holder of an exploration licence for coal in respect of the same land, or of an assessment lease for coal granted over the same land to the holder of such an exploration licence, the date on which the application for the exploration licence was lodged, or
> > 
> > > (d)  in the case of a mining lease the subject of an application made by the holder of an assessment lease or mineral claim over the same land, the date on which the lease or claim was granted, or
> > 
> > > (e)  in the case of a mining lease the subject of an application made otherwise than by a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d), the date on which the application for the mining lease was lodged.
> 
> > (6)  This section does not apply with respect to a dwelling-house, garden or significant improvement owned by the applicant for the mining lease or, if the applicant is a corporation, by a related corporation.
> 
> > (6A)  If a dispute arises as to whether or not subsection (1) applies in a particular case, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (6B)  The applicant for the mining lease is to pay the costs of the owner of the dwelling-house, garden or improvement (or occupant of the dwelling-house) in those proceedings in the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (7)  A mining lease must not be granted over land below the surface of land referred to in subsection (1) except at such depths, and subject to such conditions, as the decision-maker considers sufficient to minimise damage to that surface.
> 
> > (8)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 62:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[43\]–\[45\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[2\] \[3\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[4\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\]; 2008 No 68, Sch 1 \[2\] \[4\]–\[6\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[8\]; 2010 No 135, Sch 16 \[1\] \[2\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[3\].

Division 3 Granting of mining leases

63   Power of decision-maker in relation to applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for a mining lease, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant to the applicant a mining lease over all or part of the land over which a lease was sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of an application for a mining lease.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker may grant a single mining lease in respect of more than one application.
> 
> > (3A)  A mining lease may not be granted until the mining lease fee prescribed by the regulations has been paid for the grant of the lease.
> 
> > (4)  A mining lease may not be granted under this section otherwise than in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 1.
> 
> > (5)  A mining lease may not be granted, in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only, unless the decision-maker is satisfied that the ancillary mining activity or activities is or are to be carried out in the immediate vicinity of and to directly facilitate—
> > 
> > > (a)  a mining lease in respect of a mineral or minerals, or
> > 
> > > (b)  a mineral claim,
> > 
> > being a mining lease or mineral claim that has been or is proposed to be granted.
> 
> > (6)  A mining lease may not be granted over land in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities relating only to mining under a mining (mineral owner) lease if the land is not owned by the holder of the mining (mineral owner) lease.
> 
> > (7)  The decision-maker, in deciding whether to grant or refuse an application for a mining lease for an ancillary mining activity or activities only, is to have regard to guidelines issued (and made publicly available) by the Secretary for the purposes of this subsection.
> 
> **s 63:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[16\] \[62\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[57\]–\[60\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[7\] \[8\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[33\] \[34\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\]–\[7\].

64   Power of decision-maker in relation to tenders

> > (1)  After considering a tender in respect of which one tender only is lodged, the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant a mining lease to the tenderer, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the tender.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of a mining lease to a tenderer.
> 
> > (2)  After considering all tenders in respect of land in respect of which more than one tender is lodged, the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant a mining lease to any one of the tenderers, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse all of the tenders.
> 
> > (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (4)  For the purposes of this section, only one tender is lodged in respect of land if no other tender is lodged in respect of the land or any part of the land.
> 
> > (5)  A mining lease may not be granted under this section otherwise than in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 1.
> 
> **s 64:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[61\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[9\] \[10\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[35\] \[36\].

65   Development consents under [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203)

> > (1)  The Minister must not grant a mining lease over land if development consent is required for activities to be carried out under the lease unless an appropriate development consent is in force in respect of the carrying out of those activities on the land.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 380AA prevents an application for development consent to mine coal from being made or granted unless the applicant is the holder of an authority that is in force in respect of coal and the land concerned.
> 
> > (2)  Nothing in this Act permits an activity, for which development consent is required, to be carried out without the consent being obtained in accordance with the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203).
> 
> > (3)  If a mining lease is granted over land for which an appropriate development consent has been given (being a mining lease granted and a development consent given before the commencement of Schedule 7.11 to the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Amendment (Infrastructure and Other Planning Reform) Act 2005](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/repealed/current/act-2005-043))—
> > 
> > > (a)  any condition (being a special purpose condition within the meaning of Division 2 of Part 2 of Schedule 1, as in force immediately before that commencement) imposed on the development consent by a consent authority, or by a body hearing an appeal from a consent authority, is void, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the development consent (to the extent only to which it relates to the use of the land concerned for the purpose of obtaining minerals) is taken to have been given free of the condition.
> 
> > (4)  In this section, a reference to granting a mining lease over land includes a reference to imposing a condition on a mining lease relating to the carrying out of an ancillary mining activity on land (whether or not within the mining area of the mining lease).
> 
> **s 65:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[63\]; 2005 No 43, Sch 7.11 \[1\] (am 2005 No 98, Sch 2.20) \[2\]; 2013 No 88, Sch 1 \[1\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[11\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[8\] .

66   Survey of land to be carried out

> > (1)  Before a mining lease is granted, the Secretary must be satisfied that the land over which the mining lease is to be granted has been properly surveyed.
> 
> > (2)  For the purpose of doing so, the Secretary may direct the applicant for the mining lease to cause a survey to be prepared in accordance with such requirements as may be specified in the direction.
> 
> **s 66:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[62\].

67   Recovery of public money expended on testing for minerals or research

> > (1)  If public money has been expended—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the course of testing any land (by way of drilling or otherwise) for the mineral bearing capacity of the land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the course of conducting an environmental impact study or other research program in connection with the proper assessment of any application for a mining lease that has been or may be made in respect of any land,
> > 
> > the Minister may, by notice in writing, require any applicant for a mining lease over the land or any part of the land to reimburse the Government, within the time specified in the notice, for the money, or any part of the money, so expended.
> 
> > (2)  The applicant may elect to pay—
> > 
> > > (a)  a lump sum of the amount specified in the notice as being the proportion of the cost (at current market rates) of carrying out the testing, impact study or research program that the Minister determines should be paid by the applicant, or
> > 
> > > (b)  instalments (of such amounts and paid at such times as may be specified in the notice) totalling the amount referred to in paragraph (a).
> 
> > (3)  It is a condition of any mining lease granted to an applicant who has been required to reimburse the Government under this section that any amount that remains unpaid as at the time the lease takes effect is to be paid to the Minister in accordance with the election made by the applicant.
> 
> > (4)  If public money has been expended in connection with several parcels of land, the amount so expended is to be apportioned among them in such manner as the Minister thinks fit.

68   Land and minerals for which mining lease may be granted

> > (1)  A mining lease may be granted over land of any title or tenure.
> 
> > (2)  A mining lease may be granted in respect of any mineral or minerals, regardless of whether the mineral or minerals are publicly owned, privately owned or partly publicly and partly privately owned.
> 
> > (3)  A mining lease may be granted over the surface of land, over the surface of land and the subsoil below the surface, over the surface of land and the subsoil down to a specified depth below the surface or over the subsoil between or below any specified depth or depths below the surface of land.
> 
> > (4)  However, a mining (mineral owner) lease may be granted—
> > 
> > > (a)  only in respect of privately owned minerals, and
> > 
> > > (b)  only to the owner of those minerals.
> 
> **s 68:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[6\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[63\].

69   Shape and dimensions of land over which mining lease may be granted

> The land over which a mining lease is granted may differ in size or shape from, but may not include land other than, the land over which the lease was sought.

70   (Repealed)

**s 70:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[26\]–\[28\] \[64\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[65\] \[66\]; 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[5\]–\[7\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[37\].

71   Term of mining lease

> A mining lease—
> 
> > (a)  takes effect on the date on which it is granted or on such later date as the decision-maker may determine, and
> 
> > (b)  ceases to have effect at the expiration of such period as the decision-maker determines, being a period that must not exceed 21 years, except with the Premier’s concurrence.
> 
> **s 71:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[67\].

72   Form of mining lease

> A mining lease is to include the following particulars—
> 
> > (a)  a description of the land over which it is granted,
> 
> > (b)  a list of the mineral or minerals, or the ancillary mining activity or activities, in respect of which it is granted,
> 
> > (c)  the conditions to which it is subject,
> 
> > (d)  the period for which it is to have effect.
> 
> **s 72:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[65\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[68\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\].

Division 4 Rights and duties under a mining lease

73   Rights under mining lease

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease granted in respect of a mineral or minerals may, in accordance with the conditions of the lease—
> > 
> > > (a)  prospect on the land specified in the lease for, and mine on that land, the mineral or minerals so specified, and
> > 
> > > (b)  carry out on that land such primary treatment operations (such as crushing, sizing, grading, washing and leaching) as are necessary to separate the mineral or minerals from the material from which they are recovered, and
> > 
> > > (c)  carry out on that land any ancillary mining activity.
> 
> > (1A)  The holder of a mining lease granted in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only may, in accordance with the conditions of the lease, carry out the ancillary mining activity or activities specified in the lease.
> 
> > (2)  While a mining lease is in force, the holder of the lease and any person acting as agent or employee of the holder, or delivering goods or providing services to the holder, for the purpose of a requirement of or an activity authorised by the lease may—
> > 
> > > (a)  for that purpose enter and be on the mining area, and
> > 
> > > (b)  do anything so authorised or required.
> 
> > (9)  In this section—
> > 
> > mining area includes, in relation to a lease that does not include the surface of land, any part of the surface of land on which the holder of the lease is authorised, in accordance with section 81, to carry out activities.
> 
> **s 73:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[66\] \[67\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[69\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\] \[5\].

74   (Repealed)

**s 74:** Rep 2005 No 43, Sch 7.11 \[3\].

75   Ancillary mining activities

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order in writing, direct that—
> > 
> > > (a)  a specified ancillary mining activity be carried out in accordance with any condition specified in the order, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the carrying out of a specified ancillary mining activity be discontinued for such period as is specified in the order.
> 
> > (1A)  Subsection (1) (b) does not apply to an ancillary mining activity specified in a mining lease granted in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only.
> 
> > (2)  An order takes effect on the date on which written notice of the order is served on the holder of the mining lease concerned or on such later date as may be specified in the notice.
> 
> > (3)  A person on whom an order is served must not contravene the order.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.
> 
> **s 75:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[68\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[5\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[5\] .

76   Fencing of land subject to mining lease

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease may fence the whole or any part of the mining area.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of the mining lease must erect and maintain a fence around any unfenced shaft, machinery or other works on the surface of the mining area if required to do so by notice in writing—
> > 
> > > (a)  given by the landholder of the land concerned, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of Crown land (within the meaning of the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058)) for which there is no landholder other than the Crown—given by the Minister.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.
> 
> **s 76:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[7\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[71\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[3\].

77   Addition of mineral to mineral mining lease

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease granted in respect of a mineral or minerals may apply for the inclusion in the lease of a mineral additional to the mineral or minerals to which the lease relates.
> 
> > (2)  The application must be lodged with the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of a mining lease over any land must, within 21 days after lodging the application, serve a copy of the application on each landholder.
> 
> > (4)  After considering the application, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may, by order in writing served on the applicant, direct that the mining lease apply to the additional mineral specified in the direction, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (4A)  A direction may be given in respect of a mining (mineral owner) lease only if the additional mineral is owned by the holder of that lease.
> 
> > (5)  A direction may be given unconditionally or subject to such conditions as are specified in the direction.
> 
> > (6)  While a direction is in force, the mining lease concerned is taken to extend to the mineral the subject of the direction.
> 
> **s 77:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[69\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[8\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[72\].

78   Inclusion of petroleum in mining lease

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease for coal may apply for the inclusion in the lease of petroleum.
> 
> > (2)  The application must be lodged with the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  After considering the application, the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  may, by order in writing served on the applicant, direct that the mining lease apply to petroleum, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (4)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (3), the Minister must refuse an application if the land to which the application relates—
> > 
> > > (a)  is within the New South Wales adjacent area, within the meaning of the [Petroleum (Offshore) Act 1982](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1982-023), or
> > 
> > > (b)  is subject to a petroleum exploration licence or a petroleum mining lease granted under the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).
> 
> > (5)  A direction may be given unconditionally or subject to such conditions as are specified in the direction.
> 
> > (6)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the Minister may direct that a mining lease is to apply to petroleum subject to a condition relating to any one or more of the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)  the limitation of the right to prospect or drill for petroleum to part only of the mining area,
> > 
> > > (b)  the limitation of that right to prospecting or drilling for some specified type or form of petroleum only,
> > 
> > > (c)  the working practices and methods of extraction to be used when prospecting or drilling for petroleum,
> > 
> > > (d)  the use to which any petroleum recovered may be put,
> > 
> > > (e)  the joint mining and development of petroleum with the holder of a mining lease, or with the holder of a petroleum mining lease under the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084), over land adjoining the mining area.
> 
> **s 78:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[109\]; 2007 No 27, Sch 1.27 \[1\].

79, 80   (Repealed)

**s 79:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[29\] \[30\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[73\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[38\].

**s 80:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[102\]; 2005 No 64, Sch 1.20 \[1\]. Rep 2015 No 26, Sch 3.6\[1\].

81   Surface activities in relation to subsurface leases

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease over any land (being a lease that does not include the surface of the land) may, with the consent of—
> > 
> > > (a)  the landholder, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the holder of any authority or mineral claim in force over the surface of the land,
> > 
> > carry out on the surface of the land any activities that are prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  Part 11 applies to the land over which the holder of a mining lease carries out such prescribed activities as if that land were land the subject of the mining lease.
> 
> **s 81:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[31\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[9\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[74\]–\[76\].

82   Certain resumptions, conveyances and transfers not to affect mining lease

> The conveyance, transfer or compulsory acquisition of land by or under any other Act or law (including the conveyance or transfer of the land under section 722 of the [Local Government Act 1993](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1993-030)) does not affect a mining lease, or any rights under a mining lease, and the mining lease and those rights continue to have effect as if the land had not been conveyed, transferred or acquired.
> 
> **s 82:** Am 1995 No 11, Sch 1 \[1\].

83   Mining areas over which an authority is subsequently granted

> Land over which a mining lease is granted and over which some other authority is subsequently granted ceases to be part of the mining area when the subsequent authority takes effect.

Division 5 Subleasing of mining leases

**pt 5, div 5:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[2\].

83A   Mining subleases

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease, other than a mining (mineral owner) lease, may grant a mining sublease with respect to all or part of the mining area under the mining lease (the head lease).
> 
> > (2)  A sublease may be renewed, or its term or conditions varied, according to law.
> 
> > (3)  However, the granting, renewal or variation of the term or a condition of a mining sublease has no effect for the purposes of this Act unless the sublease is registered in accordance with section 163A.
> 
> > (4)  A sublease that has been registered in accordance with section 163A ceases to have effect for the purposes of this Act if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the term of the sublease or head lease expires, or
> > 
> > > (b)  it ceases to have effect in accordance with the conditions of the sublease, or
> > 
> > > (c)  it is removed from the register of mining subleases in accordance with section 163B,
> > 
> > whichever occurs first.
> 
> > (5)  The holder of a mining sublease must not grant a further mining sublease with respect to all or any part of the sublease area.
> 
> > (6)  The granting, renewal or variation of the term or a condition or registration of a mining sublease does not prevent any action being taken under this Act (including variation, suspension or cancellation) in respect of the head lease.
> 
> **s 83A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[2\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[77\].

Part 6 Consolidation of mining leases

Division 1 Preliminary

84   Definitions

> > (1)  In this Part—
> > 
> > existing lease means a mining lease that is in force, including a mining lease that is in force by virtue of section 117 (1).
> > 
> > holder, in relation to a proposed lease, means the holder of the existing leases specified in the proposed lease as the existing leases to be consolidated.
> > 
> > proposed lease means a proposed consolidated mining lease prepared under this Part or, if the lease is amended under this Part, the lease as so amended.
> 
> > (2)  A reference in this Part to the grant of a proposed lease is a reference to the grant of a consolidated mining lease in the same terms as those of the proposed lease.
> 
> **s 84:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[99\].

85   Existing leases that may be consolidated

> Any 2 or more existing leases may be consolidated if the leases are held by the same person and relate to contiguous parcels of land or to parcels of land that are separated only by a road, stream or railway.

Division 2 Preparation and amendment of consolidated mining leases

86   Preparation of proposed lease

> > (1)  The Minister may (on the application of the holder of the leases concerned or otherwise) cause a proposed lease to be prepared for the purpose of consolidating 2 or more existing leases.
> 
> > (2)  A proposed lease must specify—
> > 
> > > (a)  the existing leases to be consolidated, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the mineral or minerals in respect of which the proposed lease is to be granted, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the period for which the proposed lease is to be granted, and
> > 
> > > (d)  the conditions on which the proposed lease is to be granted,
> > 
> > and must have attached to it a description, prepared in the manner prescribed by the regulations, of the land over which the lease is to be granted.

87   Amendment of proposed lease

> > (1)  The Minister may, at any time after the preparation of a proposed lease, make such amendments to the lease as the Minister thinks fit.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may, by such an amendment, specify existing leases to be added to, or excluded from, those to be consolidated by the proposed lease.
> 
> > (3)  The Minister may, at any time after the preparation of a proposed lease, determine that the consolidation should not proceed.
> 
> > (4)  Such a determination does not prevent the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  from proceeding with the consolidation at a later time, or
> > 
> > > (b)  from causing a further proposed lease to be prepared for the purpose of consolidating all or any of the existing leases concerned.

Division 3 Notification of Government agencies

88   Notification of Secretary

> > (1)  Before granting a proposed lease, the Minister must cause notice of the proposal to be served on the Secretary.
> 
> > (2)  Such a notice—
> > 
> > > (a)  must include a copy of the proposed lease, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must state that objections to the granting of the proposed lease, or proposals for the inclusion in the proposed lease of any condition, may be made to the Minister on or before the date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (3)  The date specified in a notice under this section must be a date occurring not less than 28 days after the date of service of the notice.
> 
> **s 88:** Am 2019 No 14, Sch 2.16\[1\].

89   (Repealed)

**s 89:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[102\]. Rep 2015 No 26, Sch 3.6\[2\].

90   Subsequent amendment of proposed lease

> > (1)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  the Minister amends a proposed lease (otherwise than as a consequence of an objection or proposal made by the agency) after a copy has been served on a Government agency, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the Minister is of the opinion that the agency’s attitude to the proposed lease might be materially affected were the agency given a copy of the proposed lease as amended,
> > 
> > the Minister must cause to be served on the agency a notice setting out details of the amendment and stating that objections to the amendment may be made to the Minister on or before the date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (2)  The date specified in a notice under this section must be a date occurring not less than 28 days after the date of service of the notice.

91   Objections to granting of proposed mining lease

> > (1)  The Director of Planning—
> > 
> > > (a)  may object to the granting of a proposed mining lease, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may propose that specified conditions be included in a proposed mining lease.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  An objection must be in writing and must be lodged with the Secretary on or before the date specified in the notice in that regard.
> 
> > (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 91:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[102\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[78\]; 2015 No 26, Sch 3.6\[3\].

92   Resolution of objections

> > (1)  The Minister may cause to be taken such steps as the Minister considers appropriate in connection with any objection or proposal made under this Division and, if agreement is not reached concerning the acceptance, modification or withdrawal of the objection or proposal, the matter is to be referred to the Premier.
> 
> > (2)  The Premier may give such decision as the Premier considers appropriate in relation to any matter that is so referred.
> 
> > (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 92:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[9\].

93   Granting of proposed lease if objection or proposal made

> > (1)  If an objection to the granting of a proposed lease is duly made, the lease must not be granted unless the objection is withdrawn or otherwise resolved or is rejected by the Premier.
> 
> > (2)  A proposed lease must include—
> > 
> > > (a)  any condition proposed under this Division (unless the proposal for the inclusion of the condition is withdrawn or is rejected by the Premier) or, if such a condition is modified, the condition as so modified, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any condition directed by the Premier to be included in the lease.
> 
> > (3)  The failure to include a condition in a proposed lease does not affect the validity of the lease, but the Minister may, by instrument in writing, amend the lease so as to include the condition omitted.
> 
> > (4)  Despite clause 12 of Schedule 1B, a condition included in a proposed lease in accordance with a direction of the Premier may only be varied with the concurrence of the Premier.
> 
> **s 93:** Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[39\].

Division 4 Notification of holder of existing leases

94   Notification of holder of existing leases

> > (1)  Before granting a proposed lease, the Minister must cause notice of the proposal to be served on the holder of the existing leases.
> 
> > (2)  Such a notice—
> > 
> > > (a)  must include a copy of the proposed lease, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must state that representations with respect to the granting of the proposed lease, or the conditions on which the proposed lease is to be granted, may be made to the Minister on or before the date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (3)  The date specified in a notice under this section must be a date occurring not less than 28 days after the date of service of the notice.

95   Subsequent amendment of proposed lease

> If—
> 
> > (a)  the Minister amends a proposed lease (otherwise than as a consequence of representations made by the holder of the existing leases) after a copy of the lease has been served on the holder, and
> 
> > (b)  the Minister is of the opinion that the holder’s attitude to the proposed lease might be materially affected were the holder given a copy of the proposed lease as amended,
> 
> the Minister must cause to be served on the holder a notice setting out details of the amendment and stating that representations concerning the amendment may be made to the Minister on or before the date specified in the notice.

96   Objections to granting of proposed lease

> The holder of the existing leases may, on or before the date specified in the relevant notice or within such further period as the Minister may allow, make such representations with respect to the matters referred to in the notice as the holder thinks fit.

97   Consideration of objections

> The Minister is to take such steps (including the amendment of the proposed lease) as the Minister considers appropriate in connection with any representations made under this Division.

Division 5 Granting of consolidated mining leases

98   Minister may grant consolidated mining lease

> > (1)  After having complied with the requirements of this Part in respect of a proposed lease, the Minister may grant to the holder of the existing leases a consolidated mining lease in the same terms as those of the proposed lease.
> 
> > (2)  When a consolidated mining lease takes effect, each existing lease is taken to have been cancelled.
> 
> > (3)  The granting of a consolidated mining lease over land the subject of a mining lease in force by virtue of section 117 (1) does not constitute a renewal of that lease.
> 
> **s 98:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[100\].

99   Land over which consolidated mining lease may be granted

> The land over which a consolidated mining lease may be granted is the aggregate of all of the land the subject of the existing leases.

100   Conditions of consolidated mining lease

> A consolidated mining lease is subject to—
> 
> > (a)  a condition that the holder of the lease will not suspend mining operations in the mining area otherwise than in accordance with the written consent of the Minister, and
> 
> > (b)  such conditions as section 93 requires to be included in the lease, and
> 
> > (c)  such other conditions (if any) as the Minister imposes when the lease is granted, or at any other time under a power conferred by this Act.
> 
> **s 100:** Subst 2005 No 64, Sch 1.20 \[2\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[8\].

101   Term of consolidated mining lease

> A consolidated mining lease—
> 
> > (a)  takes effect on the date on which it is granted or on such later date as the Minister may determine, and
> 
> > (b)  ceases to have effect at the expiration of such period (not extending beyond the first day by which all the existing leases that have been consolidated would, but for the consolidation, have expired) as the Minister may determine.

102   Form of consolidated mining lease

> A consolidated mining lease is to be in the approved form and is to include the following particulars—
> 
> > (a)  a description of the land over which it is granted,
> 
> > (b)  a list of the mineral or minerals in respect of which it is granted,
> 
> > (c)  the conditions to which it is subject,
> 
> > (d)  the period for which it is to have effect.

103   Validity of consolidated mining lease not affected by certain defects

> > (1)  The validity of a consolidated mining lease is not affected—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the failure of any person to comply with this Act or the regulations in relation to the grant, renewal or transfer of an existing lease that has been consolidated, or
> > 
> > > (b)  by the inclusion in the area of land over which the consolidated mining lease has been granted of any land not subject to an existing lease.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may amend a consolidated mining lease so as to exclude from the area of land the subject of the lease—
> > 
> > > (a)  any area of land the subject of an existing lease that appears to the Minister not to have been validly granted, renewed or transferred, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any area of land that appears to the Minister not to have been subject to an existing lease.
> 
> > (3)  An amendment takes effect on the date on which written notice of the amendment is served on the holder of the consolidated mining lease or on such later date as may be specified in the notice.

104   Application of this Act and other Acts to grant of consolidated mining leases

> > (1)  Part 5 does not apply to or in respect of the grant of a consolidated mining lease.
> 
> > (2)  The provisions of any other Act prohibiting, regulating or restricting, or having the effect of prohibiting, regulating or restricting, the grant of a mining lease do not apply to the grant of a consolidated mining lease.

Division 6

105–107  (Repealed)

**pt 6, div 6 (ss 105–107):** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[79\].

Division 7 Preservation of certain rights, liabilities etc on consolidation

108   Liability generally preserved

> Except as otherwise provided by this Act, the cancellation of an existing lease as a result of the granting of a consolidated mining lease does not affect any liability of the person who was the holder of the lease immediately before the consolidated mining lease was granted.

109   Saving of interest in existing leases

> > (1)  Any interest (whether legal or equitable) in, or affecting, an existing lease continues to have the same effect in respect of the consolidated mining lease as it had in respect of the existing lease immediately before the existing lease was consolidated.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 109:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[10\].

110   Councils and development consents

> > (1)  Any development consent granted with respect to development authorised by an existing lease is taken to have been granted with respect to development authorised by the consolidated mining lease, but in relation only to that part of the land that was subject to the existing lease.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 110:** Am 2005 No 43, Sch 7.11 \[4\].

111   (Repealed)

**s 111:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[5\].

112   Rights of way

> Any right of way indicated or described as referred to in section 164 in respect of an existing lease continues to have effect in respect of a consolidated mining lease in the same way as it had effect in respect of the existing lease.
> 
> **s 112:** Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[3\].

Part 7 Renewal, transfer and cancellation of authorities

Division 1 Renewal of authorities

113   Applications for renewal

> > (1)  The holder of an authority may, from time to time, apply for the renewal of the authority.
> 
> > (2)  An application for the renewal of an authority must be lodged with the Secretary within the period set out below—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of the renewal of an exploration licence or an assessment lease—within the period of 2 months before the licence or lease ceases to have effect, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of the renewal of a mining lease for 1 year or less—within the period of 2 months before the lease ceases to have effect, or
> > 
> > > (c)  in the case of the renewal of a mining lease for more than 1 year—not earlier than 5 years and not later than 1 year before the lease ceases to have effect.
> 
> > (3)  An application for renewal must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations and any information that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (5)  If an application for the renewal of an authority is in respect of part only of the land subject to the authority, the application must be accompanied by a description, prepared in the manner prescribed by the regulations, of the land over which renewal of the authority is sought.
> 
> > (5A)  An application for renewal of an exploration licence may include a description of any special circumstances that the applicant claims (for the purposes of section 114A) exist that justify the area of land over which the exploration licence is renewed exceeding half of the area over which the licence is in force when the application for renewal is made.
> 
> > (6)  An application for the renewal of an exploration licence may be made in respect of one or more parts (but not more than such number of parts as may be prescribed by the regulations) of the exploration area.
> 
> > (7)  An application for the renewal of an assessment lease or a mining lease may be made in respect of the whole, or of any single part, of the assessment area or mining area.
> 
> > (8)  To avoid doubt, the holder of an exploration licence may apply for and be granted a renewal of the licence even if the holder is an applicant for or is granted an assessment lease or a mining lease with respect to some or all of the land in the exploration area.
> 
> **s 113:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[80\] \[81\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[40\].

114   Power of decision-maker in relation to renewal applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for the renewal of an authority, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may renew the authority, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of an application to renew an authority and the grounds for refusal of such an application.
> 
> > (2)  The period for which an authority is renewed may not on any one occasion exceed—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of an exploration licence or assessment lease—6 years, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a mining lease—21 years (or such longer period as the decision-maker may, with the concurrence of the Premier, determine).
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker is not bound to renew an authority over the area nominated by the applicant.
> 
> > (4)  The area of land over which an authority is renewed may differ from the area of land over which the renewal of the authority is sought, but not so as to include any land that was not subject to the authority immediately before the renewal.
> 
> > (5)  The decision-maker may defer dealing with an application for the renewal of a mining lease over any land if the mining lease is the subject of action being taken under Part 6 in connection with the granting of a consolidated mining lease over that land.
> 
> **s 114:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[101\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[82\] \[83\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[12\]–\[14\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[41\].

114A   Power of decision-maker in relation to renewal applications for exploration licences

> > (1)  The area of land over which an exploration licence may be renewed is not to exceed half of the area over which the licence was in force when the application for renewal was made.
> 
> > (2)  However, the decision-maker may grant a renewal over more than half of the area over which the licence was in force if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the applicant for renewal claims that special circumstances exist that justify doing so, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the decision-maker is satisfied that special circumstances exist that justify doing so.
> 
> > (3)  Without limiting the considerations available to the decision-maker in determining whether special circumstances exist for the purposes of this section, the decision-maker may take into account any partial cancellation of the exploration licence on the request of the holder of the licence under section 126, and reduce the percentage of the area of land over which the renewal may not be granted.
> 
> > (4)  The decision-maker may direct an applicant for renewal of an exploration licence, within the time specified in the direction, to nominate which part of the area of land is sought to be included in the renewed exploration licence, where the licence may not be renewed over the whole area of land.
> 
> > (5)  The decision-maker may refuse to renew an exploration licence if such a direction is not complied with within the time specified in the direction (in addition to the other grounds for refusal in clause 6 of Schedule 1B).
> 
> > (6)  The decision-maker is not bound to renew an exploration licence over the area nominated by the applicant in compliance with a direction under this section or otherwise.
> 
> **s 114A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[41\]. Am 2016 No 27, Sch 1.16 \[1\].

115   Notice of renewal to be served on holder of authority

> > (1)  The decision-maker must cause notice of renewal of an authority to be served on the holder of the authority.
> 
> > (2)  Such a notice—
> > 
> > > (a)  must set out any amendments to the conditions of the authority, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must state the period for which the authority is renewed, and
> > 
> > > (c)  if the area of land over which the authority is renewed differs from the area subject to the authority immediately before the renewal, must contain a description of the land over which the authority is renewed.
> 
> **s 115:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\].

116   Application to renew by only some holders of authority

> > (1)  The decision-maker may not renew an authority otherwise than in the names of each of the holders of the authority unless satisfied that any holder of the authority not applying for its renewal does not wish the authority to be renewed in that person’s name.
> 
> > (2)  The decision-maker may cause to be served on any holder of an authority not applying for its renewal a written notice—
> > 
> > > (a)  stating that an application for renewal of the authority has been lodged, and
> > 
> > > (b)  requiring the person, in such manner and on or before such date as is specified in the notice, to state whether or not that person wishes the authority to be renewed in that person’s name.
> 
> > (3)  If a person on whom such a notice is served fails to state whether or not the person wishes the authority to be renewed in that person’s name, the failure to do so is conclusive evidence that the person does not wish the authority to be renewed in that person’s name.
> 
> **s 116:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\].

117   Authority to have effect until application dealt with

> > (1)  If an application for the renewal of an authority is not finally dealt with before the date on which the authority would otherwise cease to have effect, the authority continues to have effect, in relation only to the land to which the application relates, until the application is finally disposed of.
> 
> > (2), (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 117:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[42\].

118   Date from which renewal of authority has effect

> > (1)  The renewal of an authority takes effect on the date on which the application for renewal is granted or on any later date, or on the occurrence of any later event, that the decision-maker may determine.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 118:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[84\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[43\].

119   Partial renewals

> If an authority is renewed as to part only of the land to which the application for renewal relates, the authority ceases to have effect in relation to the remainder of the land on the date on which the renewal takes effect.

Division 2 Transfer of authorities

120   Application for approval of transfer

> > (1)  The holder of an authority may apply for approval of the transfer of the authority.
> 
> > (2)  An application for approval must be lodged with the Secretary, include any information that is prescribed by the regulations and be accompanied by the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the application fee prescribed by the regulations,
> > 
> > > (b)  the consent of the proposed transferee,
> > 
> > > (c)  in the case of a partial transfer, a plan identifying the area to which the new authority would apply.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of an authority must not apply for a transfer of the authority unless the holder has notified any person who has an interest in the authority that is registered under section 161 of the proposed application.
> 
> **s 120:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[85\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[44\] \[45\].

121   Power of decision-maker in relation to transfer approval applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for approval of the transfer of an authority, the decision-maker may—
> > 
> > > (a)  approve the transfer in accordance with the application, or
> > 
> > > (b)  refuse the application.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B contains provisions about the grant or refusal of an application for approval of the transfer of an authority.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  An application for the transfer of a mineral owner authority may be approved only—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the proposed transferee is the owner of the minerals to which the authority relates, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the proposed transferee is not the owner, subject to the condition that the transfer does not come into effect until the decision-maker notifies the applicant in writing that the decision-maker is satisfied that the proposed transferee has become the owner.
> 
> > (4)  In approving a full transfer, the decision-maker may, subject to this Act, vary the conditions of the authority or include further conditions in the authority.
> 
> > (5)  In approving a partial transfer, the decision-maker—
> > 
> > > (a)  may, subject to this Act, vary the conditions of the original authority, and
> > 
> > > (b)  is to determine the conditions of the new authority.
> 
> > (6)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (7)  The decision-maker is to give the applicant written notice of the outcome of the application.
> 
> > (8)  This section does not affect the operation of section 4.50 (Granting and modification of approval by approval body) of the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203).
> 
> **s 121:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[85\]. Am 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[15\] \[16\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[46\] \[47\]; 2019 No 14, Sch 2.16\[2\].

122   Registration of transfers

> > (1)  If the transfer of an authority has been approved, the transferor or transferee of the authority may, within 3 months after being notified of the approval, apply for registration of the transfer.
> 
> > (2)  Any such application must be—
> > 
> > > (a)  lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (b)  accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations.
> > 
> > > (c)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  On receipt of the application, the Secretary must register the transferee as the holder of the authority or (in the case of a partial transfer) the new authority, unless registration is prohibited by section 124.
> 
> > (4)  On registration of a full transfer the transferee becomes the holder of the authority and any variation of the authority under this Division takes effect.
> 
> > (5)  On registration of a partial transfer—
> > 
> > > (a)  the original authority is taken to have been cancelled as to the area of the part transferred, and
> > 
> > > (b)  an authority over the part transferred is taken to have been granted to the transferee for the period from the date of registration until the date on which the original authority is due to expire and subject to the conditions determined under this Division, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the transferee becomes the holder of the new authority, and
> > 
> > > (d)  any variation of the original authority under this Division takes effect.
> 
> **s 122:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[85\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[48\]–\[50\].

123   (Repealed)

**s 123:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[83\]–\[86\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[85\].

124   Caveats

> > (1)  A person claiming a legal or equitable interest in an authority may lodge with the Secretary a caveat, accompanied by the lodgment fee prescribed by the regulations, directing the Secretary not to register any transfer of the authority otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of the caveat.
> 
> > (2)  Unless sooner withdrawn, a caveat remains in force for the period of 3 months from the date on which it is lodged.
> 
> > (3)  While a caveat remains in force, a transfer of the authority to which it relates may not be registered in contravention of the provisions of the caveat otherwise than pursuant to an order of the Supreme Court directing the Secretary to register the transfer.
> 
> > (4)  At the expiration of the period for which a caveat is in force, a transfer of the authority to which it relates is to be registered unless, before the expiration of that period, the Secretary is served with an order of the Supreme Court prohibiting the Secretary from registering the transfer.
> 
> **s 124:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[86\].

Division 3 Cancellation of authorities

**pt 7, div 3, hdg:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[6\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[87\].

125   Grounds of cancellation of authorities

> > (1)  The decision-maker may cancel an authority as to the whole or any part of the land to which it relates—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the holder of the authority lodges with the Secretary a request that the decision-maker cancel the authority as to the whole or part of the land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that the holder of the authority has contravened a provision of this Act or the regulations (whether or not the holder is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention), or
> > 
> > > (c)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that a person has contravened a condition of the authority (whether or not the person is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention), or
> > 
> > > (d)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that the holder of the authority provided false or misleading information in or in connection with an application for or with respect to the authority or any report provided under this Act, or
> > 
> > > (e)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that the holder of the authority has failed to comply with the requirements of any agreement or assessment under Part 13 in relation to the payment of compensation, or
> > 
> > > (f)  if the holder of the authority is convicted of any offence relating to mining or minerals, or
> > 
> > > (g)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that the holder of the authority has failed to use the land the subject of the authority in good faith for the purposes for which the authority has been granted, or has used the land for a purpose other than that for which the authority has been granted, or
> > 
> > > (h)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that there has been a contravention of a direction under section 240 or 240AA, or
> > 
> > > (i)  if the decision-maker is satisfied that the land is required for a public purpose.
> 
> > (2)  A request lodged with the Secretary for the cancellation of an authority as to part only of the land to which it relates must be accompanied by a description, prepared in the manner prescribed by the regulations, of the land in respect of which the authority is to be cancelled.
> 
> > (3)  Action may be taken under this section whether or not any other action has been taken in respect of the authority under this Act.
> 
> **s 125:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[7\] \[8\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[88\] \[89\]; 2014 No 10, Sch 1 \[17\]–\[22\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[51\].

126   Cancellations of authorities

> > (1)  Before cancelling an authority, otherwise than at the request of the holder of the authority, the decision-maker is to cause a written notice to be served on the holder of the authority that contains the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  notice that the authority is proposed to be cancelled,
> > 
> > > (b)  details of the grounds for the proposed cancellation,
> > 
> > > (c)  notice that the holder of the authority has a specified period (of at least 28 days) in which to make representations with respect to the proposed cancellation.
> 
> > (2)  The decision-maker must not cancel an authority, otherwise than at the request of the holder of the authority, unless—
> > 
> > > (a)  the decision-maker has taken any such representations received from the holder of the authority into consideration, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the period specified in the notice has elapsed and no such representations have been received.
> 
> > (3)  The decision-maker is to cause written notice of the cancellation of an authority to be given to the holder of the authority.
> 
> > (4)  The cancellation takes effect on the date on which the written notice of the cancellation is given to the holder of the authority, or on a later date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (5)  The cancellation of an authority does not affect any liability incurred by the holder of the authority before the cancellation took effect.
> 
> **s 126:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[9\]–\[12\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[90\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[51\].

127   Compensation for cancellation

> > (1)  The holder of an authority is not entitled to compensation merely because the authority is cancelled.
> 
> > (2)  However, if an authority is cancelled on the ground that the whole or any part of the land concerned is required for a public purpose, the holder of the authority is entitled to compensation, of an amount to be determined by the Minister, for any mining improvements made to the land.
> 
> **s 127:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[13\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[91\].

128   Appeals against decisions concerning cancellations

> > (1)  Any person who is aggrieved by the decision of the decision-maker to cancel an authority held by the person, or of the decision of the decision-maker as to the amount of compensation payable as a consequence of its cancellation, may appeal to the Land and Environment Court against the decision.
> 
> > (1A)  Such an appeal is to be made—
> > 
> > > (a)  within 14 days after written notice of the cancellation or of the decision with respect to compensation, is served on the holder of the authority, or
> > 
> > > (b)  within such further period as the Land and Environment Court may allow.
> 
> > (1B)  In deciding whether or not to allow a further period for appeal, the Land and Environment Court is to have regard to—
> > 
> > > (a)  the circumstances that have prevented the appellant from making the appeal within the 14 days referred to in subsection (1A) (a), and
> > 
> > > (b)  the consequences to the appellant, and to persons other than the appellant, of a decision allowing a further period for appeal, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the consequences to the appellant, and to persons other than the appellant, of a decision refusing a further period for appeal, and
> > 
> > > (d)  the public interest.
> 
> > (2)  An appeal is to be heard by way of a new hearing, and fresh evidence, or evidence additional to the evidence available to the decision-maker when the decision was made, may be admitted in the hearing.
> 
> > (3)  Subject to any order made by the Land and Environment Court, the lodging of an appeal does not operate to stay the decision appealed against.
> 
> > (4)  The decision of the Land and Environment Court on an appeal is final and is to be given effect to as if it were the decision of the decision-maker.
> 
> > (5)  This section does not apply to a cancellation that was requested by the holder of the authority.
> 
> **s 128:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[14\]–\[16\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[92\] \[93\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[11\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[52\].

Part 8 Authorities generally

Division 1 General procedures

129   Holder of authority must be at least 18

> An authority may not be granted to an individual who has not attained the age of 18 years.

129A   Applications and tenders to be supported by proposed work program

> > (1)  An application for an authority, and any tender, must be accompanied by a proposed work program that—
> > 
> > > (a)  indicates the nature and extent of operations to be carried out under the authority conferred by the relevant authority, and
> > 
> > > (b)  sets out commitments relating to the conduct of those operations (such as the timing of the operations), and
> > 
> > > (c)  provides for the carrying out of activities (such as community consultation and environmental management and rehabilitation) in connection with, or ancillary to, those operations, and
> > 
> > > (d)  complies with the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  In the case of an application for a mining lease, the requirement in subsection (1) can be satisfied by providing a current development consent under the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203) for the development (within the meaning of that Act) in respect of which the mining lease is being applied for.
> 
> **s 129A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[53\].

130   Withdrawal of application

> > (1)  An application or objection in relation to the grant, renewal, transfer or cancellation of an authority may be withdrawn by means of a notice of withdrawal signed by the applicant or objector and lodged with the Secretary and ceases to have effect when the notice is lodged.
> 
> > (2)  The withdrawal of an application or objection under this section is irrevocable.

131   Pending applications

> For the purposes of this Act, an application for an authority is pending from the time it is lodged until the time it is finally disposed of.

132   Disputes as to priority of applications

> Any dispute as to the priority of competing applications for authorities over the same land is to be determined by the Minister.

133   Nomination of authority holder by applicant or tenderer

> > (1)  An applicant or tenderer for an authority may, by notice in writing lodged with the Secretary, nominate a person to whom the authority is to be granted.
> 
> > (2)  The person nominated in an application or tender as the person to whom an authority is to be granted is, for the purposes of this Act, taken to be the applicant or tenderer for the authority.
> 
> > (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 133:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[110\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[94\].

134   Death etc of applicant

> An application for an authority made by a person who subsequently dies, becomes bankrupt or becomes a mentally incapacitated person—
> 
> > (a)  subsists for the benefit of the applicant’s estate, and
> 
> > (b)  may continue to be dealt with,
> 
> if the applicant’s legal representative or the manager of the applicant’s estate so requests.

135   (Repealed)

**s 135:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[13\] \[95\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[54\].

136   Gazettal of certain matters

> As soon as practicable after—
> 
> > (a)  an invitation for tenders for an authority is made or withdrawn, or
> 
> > (b)  an application for an authority, for the renewal of an authority or for approval of the transfer of an authority is made, withdrawn or refused, or
> 
> > (b1)  a request for the cancellation of an authority is made, or
> 
> > (c)  an authority is granted, renewed, transferred or cancelled,
> 
> the Secretary is to cause notice of that fact to be published in the Gazette.
> 
> **s 136:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[96\] \[97\].

137   Limitation of challenges to decisions with respect to authorities

> > (1)  The cancellation of an authority, or the grant or refusal of an application for an authority or the renewal or approval of the transfer of an authority, cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than 3 months after the date on which notice of the cancellation, grant or refusal is published in the Gazette.
> 
> > (2)  A notice lodged under section 130 cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than one month after the date on which notice of its lodgment is published in the Gazette.
> 
> > (3)  This section has effect despite any other Act, but does not apply so as to affect—
> > 
> > > (a)  any appeal from proceedings commenced within the period of 3 months referred to in subsection (1) or, in the case of proceedings relating to a notice referred to in subsection (2), the month referred to in subsection (2), or
> > 
> > > (b)  the operation of section 128.
> 
> **s 137:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[98\].

Division 2 Access arrangements for prospecting titles

138   Application of Division

> > (1)  This Division applies to the carrying out of prospecting operations under exploration licences and assessment leases (referred to in this Division as prospecting titles) on any land.
> 
> > (2)  However, this Division does not apply so as to require an access arrangement in respect of a landholder who is a native title holder if the prospecting title concerned was granted or renewed after compliance with Subdivision P of Division 3 of Part 2 of the Commonwealth Native Title Act and the grant or renewal of the title was not an act that attracted the expedited procedure under and within the meaning of that Subdivision. In addition, this Division does not apply if the prospecting title concerned was granted or renewed after compliance with a registered indigenous land use agreement under that Act and the agreement provides that an access arrangement is not required under this Division in respect of such a landholder.
> 
> > (3)  This Division applies, in the case of a prospecting title that is a low-impact exploration licence, as though a reference in this Division to a landholder included a reference to—
> > 
> > > (a)  any registered native title body corporate, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any registered native title claimant,
> > 
> > in relation to the land over which the licence is granted.
> 
> Note—
> 
> Section 32F imposes a condition on low-impact exploration licences that requires an access arrangement to be entered into under this Division between the holder of the licence and each registered native title body corporate and registered native title claimant.
> 
> **s 138:** Am 1994 No 45, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[78\] \[79\]; 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[2\]–\[4\]; 1999 No 31, Sch 2.23 \[2\] \[3\]; 1999 No 43, Schs 1 \[10\]–\[12\], 3 \[4\] \[5\].

139   Arbitration Panel

> > (1)  There is to be an Arbitration Panel.
> 
> > (2)  When appointing a person as a member of the Arbitration Panel, the Minister must comply with any processes or procedures for such appointments set out in the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  A person is not eligible for appointment as a member of the Arbitration Panel unless the person meets the eligibility criteria (if any) set out in the regulations.
> 
> > (4)  A person is to be appointed as a member of the Arbitration Panel for the term of office specified in the person’s instrument of appointment, being a term not exceeding the maximum period prescribed by the regulations. However, a person may be appointed for an additional term or terms of office if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the person is eligible for appointment, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the Minister considers it appropriate to do so.
> 
> > (5)  The appointment of a member of the Arbitration Panel is subject to such conditions as are determined by the Minister from time to time.
> 
> > (6)  Without limiting subsection (5), the Minister may determine conditions relating to the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  remuneration and travelling and subsistence allowances,
> > 
> > > (b)  the disclosure to the Secretary of information, including any actual and potential conflicts of interest,
> > 
> > > (c)  performance requirements to be met by the members of the Arbitration Panel.
> 
> > (7)  The Secretary is to keep and maintain a register of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the name, business address and contact information of each member of the Arbitration Panel,
> > 
> > > (b)  the qualifications and experience of each member (as at the time of the member’s most recent appointment),
> > 
> > > (c)  details of any actual and potential conflicts of interest disclosed to the Secretary in compliance with a condition of the member’s appointment (if such a condition has been imposed),
> > 
> > > (d)  any other matter relating to members of the Arbitration Panel as the regulations may prescribe.
> 
> > (8)  The register must be made available for public inspection on the Department’s website.
> 
> **s 139:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 3.1 \[2\]. Subst 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[4\].

140   Prospecting to be carried out in accordance with access arrangement

> > (1)  The holder of a prospecting title must not carry out prospecting operations on any particular area of land except in accordance with an access arrangement or arrangements applying to that area of land—
> > 
> > > (a)  agreed (in writing) between the holder of the prospecting title and each landholder of that area of land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  determined by an arbitrator in accordance with this Division.
> 
> > (2)  Separate access arrangements may (but need not) be agreed or determined with different landholders of the same area of land, for different areas of the same landholding or with respect to the different matters to which access arrangements relate.
> 
> > (3)  Separate access arrangements may be made to preserve the confidentiality of provisions of the arrangements, to deal with persons becoming landholders at different times or for any other reason.
> 
> **s 140:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[13\]. Subst 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[3\].

141   Matters for which access arrangement to provide

> > (1)  An access arrangement may make provision for or with respect to the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)  the periods during which the holder of the prospecting title is to be permitted access to the land,
> > 
> > > (b)  the parts of the land in or on which the holder of the prospecting title may prospect and the means by which the holder may gain access to those parts of the land,
> > 
> > > (c)  the kinds of prospecting operations that may be carried out in or on the land,
> > 
> > > (d)  the conditions to be observed by the holder of the prospecting title when prospecting in or on the land,
> > 
> > > (e)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (f)  the compensation to be paid to any landholder of the land as a consequence of the holder of the prospecting title carrying out prospecting operations in or on the land,
> > 
> > > (g)  the manner of resolving any dispute arising in connection with the arrangement,
> > 
> > > (h)  the manner of varying the arrangement,
> > 
> > > (i)  the notification to the holder of the prospecting title of particulars of any person who becomes an additional landholder.
> 
> > (1A)  The Secretary may, with the concurrence of the NSW Farmers Association and the NSW Minerals Council, publish templates for use for standard access arrangements. The use of any such template is not mandatory.
> 
> > (2)  An access arrangement that is determined by an arbitrator must specify the compensation, as assessed by the arbitrator, to which each landholder of the land concerned is entitled under Division 1 of Part 13.
> 
> > (2A)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  In the event of an inconsistency between—
> > 
> > > (a)  a provision of an access arrangement, and
> > 
> > > (b)  a provision of this Act, of the regulations or of a condition of a prospecting title,
> > 
> > the provision referred to in paragraph (b) prevails.
> 
> > (4)  If the holder of a prospecting title contravenes an access arrangement, a landholder of the land concerned may deny the holder access to the land until—
> > 
> > > (a)  the holder ceases the contravention, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the contravention is remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of, or in the manner directed by, an arbitrator appointed by the Secretary.
> > 
> > The Secretary is to make such an appointment within 48 hours after being requested to do so by the landholder or the holder of a prospecting title and the arbitrator is to deal with the matter within 5 business days of the appointment. If the arbitrator does not deal with the matter within that time, the landholder may deny the holder of the prospecting title access to the land until such time as the matter is determined by the arbitrator.
> 
> > (5)  Subsection (4) does not affect any proceedings that may be brought against the holder of the prospecting title in respect of the contravention of the access arrangement.
> 
> **s 141:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[14\]–\[17\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[12\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[4\]–\[7\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[5\] \[6\].

141A   Access code

> > (1)  The regulations may prescribe a code (an access code) containing provisions relating to access to land by the holder of a prospecting title and the carrying out of activities on that land by the holder.
> 
> > (2)  The regulations may designate any or all of the provisions of an access code as mandatory provisions.
> 
> > (3)  An access code may contain non-binding guidelines relating to negotiating and agreeing access arrangements.
> 
> **s 141A:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[7\].

141B   Application of mandatory provisions of access codes

> > (1)  An access arrangement is taken to include provisions in the same terms as the mandatory provisions of the access code.
> 
> > (2)  A provision of an access arrangement has no effect to the extent that it contains obligations on the holder of the prospecting title that are less stringent than those in a mandatory provision.
> 
> Note—
> 
> See also section 141 (3) which deals with inconsistency between provisions of access arrangements and provisions of regulations.
> 
> **s 141B:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[7\].

142   Holder of prospecting title to seek access arrangement

> > (1)  The holder of a prospecting title may, by written notice served on each landholder of the land concerned, give notice of the holder’s intention to obtain an access arrangement in respect of the land.
> 
> > (2)  The notice of the holder’s intention to obtain an access arrangement must, in addition to stating the holder’s intention, contain—
> > 
> > > (a)  a plan and description of the area of land over which the access is sought sufficient to enable the ready identification of that area, and
> > 
> > > (b)  a description of the prospecting methods intended to be used in that area.
> 
> > (2A)  The holder of the prospecting title must pay the reasonable costs of the landholder of the land concerned in participating in negotiating the access arrangement.
> 
> > (2B)  The maximum amount of reasonable costs payable by the holder of the prospecting title is the amount set out by the Minister by order published in the Gazette.
> 
> > (2C)  In making the order, the Minister must have regard to the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  time spent participating in negotiating the access arrangement,
> > 
> > > (b)  legal costs of negotiating the access arrangement,
> > 
> > > (c)  costs of engaging experts as part of the negotiation process.
> 
> > (2D)  Nothing in this section prevents a holder of a prospecting title, at the holder’s discretion, paying other amounts to a landholder.
> 
> > (2E)  An order relating to costs may—
> > 
> > > (a)  apply generally or be limited in its application by reference to specified exceptions or factors, or
> > 
> > > (b)  apply differently according to different factors of a specified kind, or
> > 
> > > (c)  authorise any matter or thing to be from time to time determined, applied or regulated by any specified person or body,
> > 
> > or may do any combination of those things.
> 
> > (2F)  The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the payment of costs under this section, including, but not limited to, the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the timing or frequency of payments,
> > 
> > > (b)  evidence of costs incurred to be provided to the holder of the prospecting title.
> 
> > (2G)  The holder of a prospecting title and the landholder of the land concerned must negotiate on an access arrangement in good faith.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of a prospecting title and a landholder of the land concerned may agree in writing (either before or after the prospecting title is granted) on an access arrangement.
> 
> > (4)  If some but not all of the landholders of any particular land have agreed to an access arrangement, a reference in sections 143–156 to each landholder of the land or to a party to the hearing before an arbitrator does not include a reference to any of those landholders who has agreed to an access arrangement. However, the arbitrator may allow a landholder who has agreed to an access arrangement to become a party to the hearing of the matter in order to ensure consistency in the access arrangements over the same land, and may, for that purpose, replace the agreed access arrangement with the access arrangement determined by the arbitrator.
> 
> > (5)  In this section, a reference to the holder of a prospecting title includes a reference to the proposed holder of a prospecting title.
> 
> **s 142:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[18\] \[19\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[8\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[8\].

142A   Notice to mortgagees of making of access arrangements

> > (1)  Within 14 days after an access arrangement is agreed between a landholder and the holder of a prospecting title, the holder is to serve notice of the making of the arrangement on each person (other than that landholder) who is identified in any register or record kept by the Registrar-General as a person having an interest as mortgagee in the land concerned.
> 
> > (2)  Notice is not required to be served on a mortgagee under this section—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the mortgagee has been given a copy of the written notice referred to in section 142 to the landholder of the intention to obtain the access arrangement, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the landholder with whom the access arrangement was made is not the mortgagor.
> 
> > (3)  If notice is required to be served on a mortgagee under this section, the access arrangement does not come into force until the end of the period of 14 days after the notice is served, unless the holder of the prospecting title has reasonable cause to believe that the mortgagee is not a mortgagee in possession of the land concerned.
> 
> > (4)  The requirement imposed by this section on the holder of a prospecting title is taken to be a condition of the prospecting title.
> 
> > (5)  This section applies only to access arrangements made after the commencement of this section.
> 
> Note—
> 
> If the person is a mortgagee in possession of the land, an access arrangement with that person is also required under section 140 before prospecting operations may be carried out on the land.
> 
> **s 142A:** Ins 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[9\].

143   Appointment of arbitrator by agreement

> > (1)  If, by the end of 28 days after the holder of a prospecting title serves notice in writing on each landholder of the holder’s intention to obtain an access arrangement, the holder and each landholder have been unable to agree on such an arrangement, the holder may, by further notice in writing served on each landholder, request them to agree to the appointment of an arbitrator.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of a prospecting title and each landholder of the land concerned may agree to the appointment of any person as an arbitrator.
> 
> **s 143:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[20\]–\[22\].

144   Appointment of arbitrator in default of agreement

> > (1)  If, by the end of 28 days after the holder of a prospecting title serves notice in accordance with section 143, the holder and each landholder of the land concerned have been unable to agree on the appointment of an arbitrator, then any one of them may apply to the Secretary for the appointment of a member of the Arbitration Panel as an arbitrator.
> 
> > (2)  At the same time as, or after, an application is made under this section, but before an arbitrator is appointed, the holder of the prospecting title concerned must pay the application fee prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this section.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary is to appoint a member of the Arbitration Panel as an arbitrator.
> 
> **s 144:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[23\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 3.1 \[3\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[100\] \[101\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[9\].

145   Arbitration process—mediation before arbitration hearing

> > (1)  As soon as practicable after having been appointed, an arbitrator—
> > 
> > > (a)  must fix a time and place for conducting a mediation of the question of access to the land concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must cause notice of his or her appointment, and of the time and place fixed for conducting the mediation, to be given to the holder of the prospecting title and to each landholder.
> 
> > (2)  The arbitrator may, by a further notice served on the holder of the prospecting title and on each landholder, vary the time or place fixed for conducting the mediation.
> 
> > (3)  The arbitrator must, at the time and place fixed under this section, conduct a mediation of the question of access to the land concerned.
> 
> **s 145:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[24\] \[25\]. Subst 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[10\].

145A   Mediation

> > (1)  An arbitrator conducting a mediation under this Division—
> > 
> > > (a)  must use his or her best endeavours to bring the parties to a settlement acceptable to all of them, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may communicate with the parties collectively or separately, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must treat information obtained by the arbitrator from a party with whom he or she communicates separately as confidential, unless that party otherwise agrees.
> 
> > (2)  The parties to a mediation must participate in the mediation in good faith.
> 
> > (3)  A mediation terminates if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the parties agree to terminate the mediation, or
> > 
> > > (b)  any party terminates the mediation, by notice in writing, served on the other parties and the arbitrator, or
> > 
> > > (c)  the arbitrator terminates the mediation, or
> > 
> > > (d)  the parties agree on an access arrangement.
> 
> > (4)  An arbitrator who has acted as mediator in a mediation that is terminated under subsection (3) (a)–(c)—
> > 
> > > (a)  may refuse to conduct the subsequent arbitration, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must not conduct the subsequent arbitration unless, at the time of or after the termination of the mediation, all the parties to the arbitration (including the arbitrator) consent in writing.
> 
> > (5)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  an arbitrator has obtained confidential information from a party during a mediation, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the mediation has been terminated under subsection (3) (a)–(c), and
> > 
> > > (c)  the parties have consented to the arbitrator conducting the subsequent arbitration,
> > 
> > the arbitrator must, as soon as reasonably practical after that consent has been given, disclose to all other parties to the arbitration so much of the information as the arbitrator considers material to the arbitration.
> 
> > (6)  If the parties consent under subsection (4) (b), no objection may be taken to the conduct of the subsequent arbitration by the arbitrator solely on the ground that he or she has previously conducted a mediation in accordance with this section.
> 
> > (7)  If the arbitrator refuses to conduct the subsequent arbitration under subsection (4) (a) or the parties do not consent under subsection (4) (b), the arbitrator’s mandate is taken to have been terminated and a substitute arbitrator may be appointed—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the parties, or
> > 
> > > (b)  by the Secretary, but only if the parties have been unable to agree on the appointment of an arbitrator by the end of 7 days after the termination of the mediation.
> 
> > (8)  Before a substitute arbitrator is appointed under this section, the holder of the prospecting title concerned must pay the application fee prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this section.
> 
> > (9)  The substitute arbitrator is not required to conduct a mediation under this Division.
> 
> **s 145A:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[10\].

145B   Arbitration hearing

> > (1)  If the mediation is unsuccessful, the arbitrator must, as soon as practicable after its conclusion—
> > 
> > > (a)  fix a time and place for conducting a hearing of the question of access to the land concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  cause notice of the time and place fixed for conducting the hearing to be given to the holder of the prospecting title and to each landholder.
> 
> > (2)  The arbitrator may, by a further notice served on the holder of the prospecting title and on each landholder, vary the time or place fixed for conducting the hearing.
> 
> > (3)  The arbitrator must, at the time and place fixed under this section, conduct a hearing into the question of access to the land concerned.
> 
> **s 145B:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[10\].

146   Right of appearance

> At any mediation of, or hearing into, the question of access to any land by the holder of a prospecting title, the holder and each landholder—
> 
> > (a)  are entitled to appear and be heard, and
> 
> > (b)  may be represented by an agent or by an Australian legal practitioner.
> 
> **s 146:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[26\]; 2005 No 98, Sch 3.46 \[1\]. Subst 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[11\].

147   (Repealed)

**s 147:** Rep 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[12\].

148   Conduct of arbitration

> > (1)  The parties to an arbitration must participate in the arbitration in good faith.
> 
> > (1A)  An arbitrator may terminate an arbitration at any time at the request of the parties.
> 
> > (2)  An arbitrator must act according to equity, good conscience and the substantial merits of the case without regard to technicalities or legal forms.
> 
> > (3)  An arbitrator may conduct a hearing even though one or more of the parties to the hearing fails to attend the hearing.
> 
> **s 148:** Am 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[13\].

148A   Approved arbitration procedures

> > (1)  The Secretary may, by order published in the Gazette, approve arbitration procedures for the conduct of mediations and arbitrations under this Division (approved arbitration procedures).
> 
> > (2)  The approved arbitration procedures may include guidance materials for the benefit of the parties and arbitrators.
> 
> > (3)  The approved arbitration procedures may also include, but are not limited to, the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  objectives and principles for arbitration,
> > 
> > > (b)  responsibilities of parties and the arbitrator in the arbitration process,
> > 
> > > (c)  stages and timeframes for the arbitration framework,
> > 
> > > (d)  processes for dealing with significant improvements,
> > 
> > > (e)  confidentiality,
> > 
> > > (f)  suspension of mediation or arbitration proceedings in certain circumstances,
> > 
> > > (g)  production of evidence of costs incurred by landholders.
> 
> > (4)  Unless the parties and the arbitrator agree otherwise, mediation and arbitration under this Division is to be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the approved arbitration procedures.
> 
> > (5)  In the event of an inconsistency between a provision of the approved arbitration procedures and a provision of this Act or of the regulations, the provision of this Act or of the regulations prevails.
> 
> > (6)  If a matter is not provided for in this Act, the regulations or the approved arbitration procedures, the procedure at a mediation or a hearing is to be as determined by the arbitrator.
> 
> > (7)  Approved arbitration procedures take effect on the day on which the procedures are published in the Gazette or, if a later day or days are specified for that purpose, on the later day or days so specified.
> 
> > (8)  Sections 40 and 41 of the [Interpretation Act 1987](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1987-015) apply to the approved arbitration procedures under this section in the same way as they apply to statutory rules within the meaning of that Act.
> 
> **ss 148A–148C:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[14\].

148B   Site inspection by arbitrator

> An arbitrator conducting a mediation or a hearing may enter the land concerned and inspect it at a reasonable time after giving reasonable notice to the landholder.
> 
> **ss 148A–148C:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[14\].

148C   Costs of landholder participation in mediation and arbitration

> > (1)  The holder of the prospecting title must pay the reasonable costs of the landholder of the land concerned in participating in the mediation and arbitration.
> 
> > (2)  The maximum amount of reasonable costs is the amount set out by the Minister by order published in the Gazette.
> 
> > (3)  In making the order, the Minister must have regard to the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  time spent participating in the mediation and arbitration,
> > 
> > > (b)  legal costs in participating in the mediation and arbitration,
> > 
> > > (c)  costs of engaging experts as part of the mediation and arbitration process.
> 
> > (4)  Nothing in this section prevents a holder of a prospecting title, at the holder’s discretion, paying other amounts to a landholder.
> 
> > (5)  An order relating to costs may—
> > 
> > > (a)  apply generally or be limited in its application by reference to specified exceptions or factors, or
> > 
> > > (b)  apply differently according to different factors of a specified kind, or
> > 
> > > (c)  authorise any matter or thing to be from time to time determined, applied or regulated by any specified person or body,
> > 
> > or may do any combination of those things.
> 
> **ss 148A–148C:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[14\].

149   Interim determination by arbitrator

> > (1)  As soon as practicable after concluding a hearing, an arbitrator—
> > 
> > > (a)  must make an interim determination as to whether or not the holder of the prospecting title should have a right of access to the land concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if the arbitrator determines that the holder of the prospecting title should have such a right of access, must prepare a draft access arrangement in respect of that land.
> 
> > (2)  As soon as practicable after making an interim determination, the arbitrator—
> > 
> > > (a)  must reduce the determination to writing, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must cause a copy of the determination, together with a copy of any draft access arrangement, to be served on each of the parties to the hearing.

150   Further arbitration

> > (1)  A party to a hearing may, within 14 days after being served with a copy of the arbitrator’s interim determination, apply to the arbitrator—
> > 
> > > (a)  for reconsideration of the question of access to the land concerned, or
> > 
> > > (b)  for variation of any draft access arrangement prepared by the arbitrator in respect of that land.
> 
> > (2)  As soon as practicable after receiving such an application, the arbitrator—
> > 
> > > (a)  must fix a time and place for continuing the hearing into the question of access to the land concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must cause notice of the time and place fixed for continuing the hearing to be given to the holder of the prospecting title and to each landholder.
> 
> > (3)  The arbitrator may, by a further notice served on the holder of the prospecting title and on each landholder of the land concerned, vary the time or place fixed for continuing the hearing.
> 
> > (4)  The arbitrator must, at the time and place fixed under this section, continue the hearing into the question of access to the land concerned.
> 
> **s 150:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[27\] \[28\].

151   Final determination by arbitrator

> > (1)  If an application is not made to the arbitrator within the period of 14 days referred to in section 150 (1)—
> > 
> > > (a)  the interim determination is taken to be the arbitrator’s final determination, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any draft access arrangement is taken to be a final access arrangement.
> 
> > (2)  If an application is made to the arbitrator within the period of 14 days referred to in section 150 (1), the arbitrator, as soon as practicable after concluding the continued hearing—
> > 
> > > (a)  must make a final determination as to whether or not the holder of the prospecting title should have a right of access to the land concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if the arbitrator determines that the holder of the prospecting title should have such a right of access, must determine a final access arrangement in respect of that land.
> 
> > (3)  As soon as practicable after making a final determination, the arbitrator—
> > 
> > > (a)  must reduce the determination to writing, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must cause a copy of the determination, together with a copy of any final access arrangement forming part of the determination, to be served on each of the parties to the hearing.

151A   Determination as to costs

> > (1)  This section applies to an arbitrator in the following circumstances—
> > 
> > > (a)  as soon as practicable after an interim determination is taken to be a final determination,
> > 
> > > (b)  on making a final determination under this Division,
> > 
> > > (c)  before terminating an arbitration at the request of the parties.
> 
> > (2)  The arbitrator must determine the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the parties have disputed a payment to cover the landholder’s costs in negotiating the access arrangement, the amount of that payment (in accordance with section 142), and
> > 
> > > (b)  the reasonable costs of the landholder in participating in the mediation and arbitration (in accordance with section 148C).
> 
> > (3)  When determining a payment to cover the reasonable costs of the landholder in participating in the mediation and arbitration, the arbitrator must—
> > 
> > > (a)  consider whether or not the landholder has acted unreasonably in the negotiation, mediation or arbitration, and
> > 
> > > (b)  deduct an amount that in the opinion of the arbitrator represents the amount by which the unreasonable conduct increased the costs of the negotiation, mediation or arbitration.
> 
> **s 151A:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[15\].

152   Costs of mediation and arbitration hearing

> > (1)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (2)  The arbitrator’s costs in relation to the hearing are to be borne by the holder of the prospecting title.
> 
> > (3)  Payment of the arbitrator’s costs in relation to a hearing is, for the purpose of any security given by the holder of a prospecting title, taken to be an obligation under the title.
> 
> **s 152:** Am 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[16\].

153   Withdrawal from arbitration

> > (1)  The parties to a hearing may, at any time before the conclusion of the hearing, terminate the hearing by notice in writing, signed by all of the parties, served on the arbitrator.
> 
> > (2)  This section does not limit the liability of the holder of a prospecting title to bear the arbitrator’s costs in relation to the hearing.

154   Liability

> No proceedings lie against an arbitrator for or with respect to—
> 
> > (a)  any determination made by the arbitrator, or
> 
> > (b)  any publication made by the arbitrator, or
> 
> > (c)  any other act, matter or thing done by the arbitrator,
> 
> for the purposes of a mediation or a hearing, as long as the determination, publication, act, matter or thing was made or done in good faith.
> 
> **s 154:** Am 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[17\].

155   Review of determination

> > (1)  A party to a hearing who is aggrieved by an arbitrator’s final determination may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a review of the determination.
> 
> > (2)  An application—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be accompanied by a copy of the determination to which it relates, together with a copy of any access arrangement forming part of the determination, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be filed in the Land and Environment Court—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  in the case of an interim determination that has become a final determination—within 28 days after a copy of the interim determination was served on the applicant, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  in the case of a final determination—within 14 days after a copy of the final determination was served on the applicant.
> 
> > (3)  An application for review may not be made—
> > 
> > > (a)  during the period of 14 days within which an application may be made to an arbitrator, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if such an application is made, until the arbitrator has made a final determination with respect to the application.
> 
> > (4)  The applicant must cause a copy of the application to be served on each of the other parties to the determination to which the application relates.
> 
> > (5)  Subject to any order of the Land and Environment Court to the contrary, an application for review of a determination operates to stay the effect of any related access arrangement in relation to a party to the arrangement from the time when a copy of the arrangement has been served on the party until the decision of the Land and Environment Court on the review.
> 
> > (6)  In reviewing a determination under this section, the Land and Environment Court has the functions of an arbitrator under this Division in addition to its other functions.
> 
> > (6A)  A review of a determination is to be by way of rehearing, and fresh material or material in addition to, or in substitution for, the material considered on the making of the determination by the arbitrator may be given on the review and taken into consideration by the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (7)  The decision of the Land and Environment Court on a review of a determination is final and is to be given effect to as if it were the determination of an arbitrator.
> 
> > (8)  The holder of the prospecting title must pay the reasonable costs of the landholder of the land concerned in a review of a determination under this section.
> 
> > (9)  The Land and Environment Court, in determining those reasonable costs, must consider whether or not the landholder has acted unreasonably in the negotiation, mediation, arbitration or review proceedings.
> 
> **s 155:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[10\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[18\] \[19\].

156   Effect of access arrangement etc

> An access arrangement determined by an arbitrator—
> 
> > (a)  takes effect—
> > 
> > > (i)  in the case of a draft access arrangement that is taken to be a final access arrangement—at the end of the period of 14 days after a copy of the draft access arrangement has been served on each of the parties, or
> > 
> > > (ii)  in the case of a final access arrangement prepared under section 151—when a copy of the arrangement has been served on each of the parties,
> > 
> > or on such later date as may be specified in the arrangement, and
> 
> > (b)  subject to section 141 (3), has effect as if its terms were embodied in a deed that had been duly executed by each of the parties.

156A   Register of arbitrated access arrangements

> > (1)  As soon as is practicable after an access arrangement is determined by an arbitrator, the holder of the prospecting title must provide the Secretary with a copy of the final access arrangement.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—100 penalty units (in the case of a corporation) or 50 penalty units (in the case of an individual).
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary is to keep and maintain a register of all final access arrangements provided to him or her.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary is not required to include in the register—
> > 
> > > (a)  personal information (within the meaning of the [Privacy and Personal Information Protection Act 1998](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1998-133)) about an individual, or
> > 
> > > (b)  any other information prescribed by the regulations, or
> > 
> > > (c)  any other information that the Secretary determines should be kept confidential.
> 
> > (4)  The register is to be made available for public inspection on the Department’s website.
> 
> **s 156A:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[20\].

157   Variation of access arrangements

> > (1)  An access arrangement may be varied—
> > 
> > > (a)  in accordance with the terms of the arrangement relating to its variation, or
> > 
> > > (b)  by the agreement of the parties to the arrangement, or
> > 
> > > (c)  by an arbitrator under this section (whether or not the access arrangement was determined by an arbitrator), or
> > 
> > > (d)  on application by any of the parties to the arrangement, by order of the Land and Environment Court if the arrangement was determined by a court or an arbitrator.
> 
> > (2)  A party to an access arrangement may, by written notice served on all the other parties to the arrangement, request the parties to agree to the appointment of an arbitrator.
> 
> > (3)  The parties to an access arrangement may agree to the appointment of any person as an arbitrator.
> 
> > (4)  Sections 144–151 and 152–156 apply, with all necessary changes, in relation to an arbitration under this section, subject to the following modifications—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the application of section 144 (1), the reference to a notice served in accordance with section 143 is taken to be a reference to a notice served in accordance with subsection (2),
> > 
> > > (b)  section 144 (2) does not apply and instead the following applies—
> > > 
> > > >   
> > > > 
> > > > > (2)  Before an arbitrator is appointed under this section, the party requesting the appointment of an arbitrator must pay the application fee prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this section.
> > 
> > > (c)  section 148C does not apply and instead the following provision applies—
> > > 
> > > >   
> > > > 
> > > > 148C   Costs
> > > > 
> > > > > Each party to the mediation and hearing conducted by the arbitrator is to bear his or her own costs in relation to the hearing.
> > 
> > > (d)  any other modification prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (5)  In this section, vary includes terminate.
> 
> **s 157:** Subst 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[11\]; 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[21\].

158   Change in landholders etc

> > (1)  An access arrangement with 2 or more landholders does not terminate because one of those landholders ceases to be a landholder of the land concerned.
> 
> > (2)  An access arrangement does not terminate because a person becomes a landholder of all or any part of the land concerned after the arrangement was agreed or determined.
> 
> > (3)  An access arrangement does not run with the land, and accordingly a person does not (except as provided by this section) become a party to the access arrangement merely because the person becomes a landholder of any of the land after the access arrangement was agreed or determined.
> 
> > (4)  If, after an access arrangement has been agreed or determined, a person becomes a landholder of any of the land to which the arrangement applies in addition to another landholder who continues to be a party to the arrangement, the provisions of the arrangement (other than those relating to the payment of compensation) apply to the new landholder as if the new landholder were a party to the arrangement, but only if the holder of the prospecting title concerned has given the new landholder a copy of the access arrangement.
> 
> > (5)  If the new landholder objects to the access arrangement within 28 days after being given a copy of the arrangement, the access arrangement ceases to apply to the new landholder when whichever of the following first happens—
> > 
> > > (a)  the new landholder agrees to an access arrangement with the holder of the prospecting title concerned in accordance with this Division,
> > 
> > > (b)  an arbitrator is appointed and determines an access arrangement in relation to the new landholder in accordance with this Division,
> > 
> > > (c)  at the end of the period of 60 days after the new landholder objects, an access arrangement has not been so agreed or determined.
> > 
> > However, if an arbitrator is appointed or an application for review of a determination of the arbitrator is made, the arbitrator or the Land and Environment Court (as the case requires) may continue the existing access arrangement (with or without variation) until the determination of the arbitration or review.
> 
> > (6)  Nothing in this section prevents an access arrangement being agreed or determined in respect of a proposed new landholder.
> 
> **s 158:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[29\]. Subst 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[11\].

158A   Court may determine access arrangement if already considering significant improvements etc

> > (1)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  a party applied to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of a matter under section 31 (5) or 49 (5), and
> > 
> > > (b)  no access arrangement relates to the land concerned,
> > 
> > either party to those Court proceedings may apply to the Court to have the Court determine an access arrangement under this Division in relation to the land.
> 
> > (2)  An application under this section must not be lodged within 28 days after the holder of the prospecting title has served notice under section 142 of an intention to obtain an access arrangement in respect of the land concerned.
> 
> > (3)  The Land and Environment Court may accept or reject the application.
> 
> > (4)  Subject to any order of the Land and Environment Court, an application under this section operates to stay any other access arrangement mediation or arbitration in relation to the land until the decision of the Land and Environment Court on the application.
> 
> > (5)  If the Land and Environment Court decides to accept the application—
> > 
> > > (a)  the Land and Environment Court is, subject to the regulations, to determine an access arrangement under this Division in relation to the land, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any other access arrangement mediation or arbitration in relation to the land is terminated.
> 
> **s 158A:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[22\].

158B   Removal of Arbitration Panel arbitrator

> > (1)  The Secretary may, subject to the regulations, remove an arbitrator who has been appointed under section 144 or 145A (7) (b) if, after an investigation by the Secretary following a complaint, the Secretary is satisfied—
> > 
> > > (a)  that—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  circumstances exist that give rise to justifiable doubts as to the arbitrator’s impartiality, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  the arbitrator is incapable of conducting the proceedings or there are justifiable doubts as to the arbitrator’s capacity to do so, or
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  the arbitrator has refused or failed properly to conduct the proceedings, and
> > 
> > > (b)  that substantial injustice has been caused or will be caused to one or more of the parties.
> 
> > (2)  If an arbitrator has been removed under subsection (1), the arbitrator’s mandate is taken to have been terminated and a substitute arbitrator is to be appointed—
> > 
> > > (a)  by the parties, or
> > 
> > > (b)  by the Secretary, but only if the parties have been unable to agree on the appointment of an arbitrator by the end of 7 days after the removal.
> 
> > (3)  The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the removal of arbitrators under this section, including, but not limited to—
> > 
> > > (a)  the making of complaints to the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (b)  investigations by the Secretary of complaints.
> 
> **s 158B:** Ins 2015 No 41, Sch 1 \[22\].

Division 3 Registration of interests and other matters

**pt 8, div 3, hdg:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[102\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[55\].

159   Records

> > (1)  The Secretary is to cause a record to be kept of—
> > 
> > > (a)  every application for an authority that is duly made under this Act, and
> > 
> > > (b)  every authority that is granted, renewed, transferred or cancelled under this Act, and
> > 
> > > (c)  every other matter in relation to which the Secretary is required to keep a record by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  The record must be kept in the approved form (if any) and must contain the particulars prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  The record must be kept available at such offices of the Department as may be prescribed by the regulations for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public.
> 
> **s 159:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[111\]; 2005 No 64, Sch 1.20 \[3\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[103\]; 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[9\].

160   Interest in authority to be created by instrument in writing

> > (1)  A legal or equitable interest in an authority may not be created or disposed of except by instrument in writing.
> 
> > (2)  The creation of a legal or equitable interest in an authority does not affect the liability of the holder of the authority for any breach of the conditions of the authority or of any of the provisions of this Act or the regulations.

161   Registration of certain interests

> > (1)  The Secretary is to keep a register of legal and equitable interests in authorities.
> 
> > (2)  Any person claiming a legal or equitable interest in an authority may apply for registration of the interest.
> 
> > (3)  An application must be lodged with the Secretary and must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations and by documentary evidence of the legal or equitable interest concerned.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary may, if satisfied that the applicant holds the interest concerned, register the document by which the legal or equitable interest is evidenced.
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may, on application by the holder of an interest or otherwise, make such amendments to the register kept under this section as are appropriate to reflect dealings in the interest.
> 
> > (6)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the Secretary may cancel the registration of an interest if of the opinion that the interest has ceased to exist.
> 
> > (7)  The registration of an interest under this section is not to be taken to be evidence of the existence of the interest.
> 
> > (7A)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (8)  For the purposes of any legal proceedings concerning an authority—
> > 
> > > (a)  a registered interest has priority over an interest that is not registered, and
> > 
> > > (b)  an earlier registered interest has priority over a later registered interest.
> 
> > (9)  The register must be kept available at such offices of the Department as may be prescribed by the regulations for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public.
> 
> > (10)  Section 130 applies to an application under this section in the same way as it applies to an application referred to in section 130 (1).
> 
> > (11)  An interest arising under a mining sublease is not a legal or equitable interest for the purposes of this section.
> 
> **s 161:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\] \[112\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[4\]; 2005 No 64, Sch 1.20 \[4\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[104\]–\[106\].

162   Devolution of rights of holder of authority

> > (1)  A person on whom the rights of the holder of an authority have devolved by operation of law may apply to the Secretary to have that person’s name recorded as the holder of the authority and, if the Minister is satisfied that those rights have so devolved, the Secretary must so record the name of the applicant.
> 
> > (2)  To avoid doubt, the granting or registration under this Act of a mining sublease does not result in the devolution of the rights of the holder of the head lease to any person.
> 
> **s 162:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[107\].

163   Colliery holdings

> > (1)  The Secretary is to cause to be kept a register of colliery holdings (referred to in this section as the register) in such form as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary is to cause to be recorded in the register—
> > 
> > > (a)  such particulars as are necessary to give effect to a direction given under this section, and
> > 
> > > (aa)  the name of the colliery holding, and
> > 
> > > (ab)  the name of the colliery holder, and
> > 
> > > (ac)  a plan showing the location of the holding, and
> > 
> > > (b)  such other particulars as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of a mining lease or registered mining sublease that authorises the holder to mine for coal or to carry out ancillary mining activities in connection with the mining of coal must apply to have the mining area or sublease area registered as a colliery holding or recorded on the register as part of an existing colliery holding before commencing mining operations under the lease or sublease.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.
> 
> > (3A)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (4)  A person who is lawfully carrying out ancillary mining activities on land in connection with the mining of coal (and doing so otherwise than as the holder of a mining lease or registered mining sublease) may apply to have the land registered as a colliery holding or recorded on the register as part of an existing colliery holding.
> 
> > (5)  A person may not be recorded as the colliery holder of a colliery holding registered under this section unless the person is the holder of a mining lease or registered mining sublease that is part of the colliery holding.
> 
> > (6)  A person who has an interest in a colliery holding registered under this section may apply to have the registration of the holding concerned—
> > 
> > > (a)  cancelled, or
> > 
> > > (b)  amended so as to exclude land from the holding, or
> > 
> > > (c)  amended so as to transfer land from the holding to another registered colliery holding, or
> > 
> > > (d)  amended with respect to the identity of the colliery holder.
> 
> > (6A)  An application under this section must be—
> > 
> > > (a)  signed by the persons or classes of persons prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  accompanied by any fee and any particulars and consents to the making of the application prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (c)  lodged with the Secretary.
> 
> > (6B)  Within 14 days after an application is lodged (or within such longer period as may be prescribed by the regulations), the Minister must—
> > 
> > > (a)  grant the application and cause the register to be updated, as soon as practicable, in accordance with the application, or
> > 
> > > (b)  refuse the application on any of the following grounds—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  the application does not comply with the requirements of this section,
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  if the application is for registration of a holding or with respect to the name of a holding—the name proposed for the holding may cause confusion (because, for example, it is the same as or similar to a name that is or was used for another holding, whether registered or not).
> 
> > (6C)  The Minister may, by order in writing—
> > 
> > > (a)  direct a person who is required to or may apply for land to be registered as a colliery holding or recorded on the register as part of an existing colliery holding to apply for that registration or recording in accordance with this section within the time specified by the order, or
> > 
> > > (b)  direct that a colliery holding is to be registered with a specified name or that the registered name of a colliery holding is to be amended, or
> > 
> > > (c)  direct that a person be registered as the colliery holder of a colliery holding, if no person has been registered or nominated for registration of the colliery holding.
> 
> > (6D)  A person who is given a direction under subsection (6C) must not, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with the direction.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.
> 
> > (7)  The Minister may, by order in writing, direct that the registration of a colliery holding be cancelled or amended so as to exclude specified land from the colliery holding.
> 
> > (8)  A direction may be given under subsection (6C) or (7) whether or not an application has been made under subsection (4) or (6) in respect of the same land.
> 
> > (9)  The Secretary is to cause copies of any order under subsection (6C) or (7) to be served on such persons as, in the Secretary’s opinion, have a right to mine coal or to carry out ancillary mining activities in connection with mining for coal in the land or colliery holding to which the order relates.
> 
> > (10)  The register of colliery holdings must be kept available for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public at such offices of the Department as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 163:** Am 2004 No 74, Sch 1 \[2\]–\[4\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[108\] \[109\] (am 2008 No 114, Sch 2.16; 2009 No 56, Sch 1.27 \[1\]) \[110\]–\[113\]; 2014 No 53, Sch 3 \[2\].

163A   Registration of mining subleases

> > (1)  The Secretary is to cause to be kept a register of mining subleases containing such information as is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  Any person claiming to have been granted a mining sublease or to be the holder of a mining sublease may apply in writing for registration of the sublease or of its renewal or variation.
> 
> > (3)  An application must not be made without the Minister’s approval.
> 
> > (4)  An application must be in the approved form, lodged with the Secretary and accompanied by the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  documentary evidence of the sublease, including its term and conditions,
> > 
> > > (b)  a plan of the sublease area,
> > 
> > > (c)  documentary evidence that a security deposit to the Minister’s satisfaction has been provided and is being maintained in relation to the sublease area,
> > 
> > > (d)  documentary evidence of the Minister’s approval of the application (if required),
> > 
> > > (e)  the application fee prescribed by the regulations,
> > 
> > > (f)  any other information that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may register the document by which the mining sublease is evidenced only if satisfied that the applicant holds the sublease.
> 
> > (6)  The registration of a mining sublease under this section does not affect any liability that the holder of the sublease would otherwise have to a penalty for an offence under this Act, including an offence that relates to the head lease.
> 
> > (7)  The regulations may exempt an application or class of applications from the requirement in subsection (3).
> 
> > (8)  The register of mining subleases must be kept available for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public at such offices of the Department as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 163A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[114\].

163B   Deregistration of mining subleases

> > (1)  Any person who would be entitled to apply to have a mining sublease registered under this Act may apply for the removal of the sublease from the register.
> 
> > (2)  An application must be in writing, lodged with the Secretary and accompanied by the written consent of the sublessor.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary may grant or refuse an application to remove a sublease from the register of mining subleases.
> 
> **s 163B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[114\].

Division 3A Reports and records

**pt 8, div 3A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[56\].

163C   Reports

> > (1)  The holder of an authorisation must prepare and lodge reports of all operations carried out under the authorisation.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Clause 7 (2) (g) of Schedule 1B provides that reports may also be required by the conditions of an authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the content, form or lodgment of the reports,
> > 
> > > (b)  the exemption of any person, class of persons, authorisations or class of authorisations from a requirement of this section or the regulations under this section,
> > 
> > > (c)  prohibiting or regulating the disclosure of reports required to be lodged or made under this section or as a condition of an authorisation.
> 
> > (3)  A person who fails, without reasonable excuse, to prepare or lodge a report in accordance with this section or the regulations is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> > (4)  If there is an inconsistency between a condition of an authorisation and a reporting requirement imposed under this section, the condition prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
> 
> **s 163C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[114\]. Am 2014 No 1, Sch 2 \[1\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[56\].

163D   Record-keeping

> Any record required to be created and maintained under this Act, the regulations, a condition of an authorisation or a term of an activity approval must be kept in a legible form, or in a form that can readily be reduced to a legible form for production to any inspector.
> 
> **ss 163D–163G:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[56\].

163E   Retention of records relating to authorisations

> The holder of an authorisation must retain any records required to be created and maintained under this Act, the regulations, a condition of an authorisation or a term of an activity approval in relation to the authorisation for not less than 4 years after the expiry or cancellation of the authorisation.
> 
> **ss 163D–163G:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[56\].

163F   Information provided, served or lodged by agents

> Any information received from or served or lodged by an agent duly appointed and notified in accordance with the regulations on behalf of any of the following persons is taken to have been received from or served or lodged by that person—
> 
> > (a)  the holder of an authorisation,
> 
> > (b)  an applicant or tenderer for an authorisation or an applicant for the renewal, transfer or cancellation of an authorisation,
> 
> > (c)  an applicant for an activity approval or for the cancellation of an activity approval,
> 
> > (d)  any person who owns or occupies land over which an authorisation is in force or to which an application for an authorisation relates.
> 
> **ss 163D–163G:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[56\].

163G   Samples of strata, minerals and water

> > (1)  The holder of an authorisation must collect any samples of strata, minerals, water or any other thing required by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  Those samples must be collected, labelled for reference or preserved in the manner required by the regulations.
> 
> **ss 163D–163G:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[56\].

Division 4 Miscellaneous

164   Rights of way

> > (1)  The holder of an authority (other than a mineral owner authority) is entitled to a right of way (to be indicated or described in the manner prescribed by the regulations) between the land subject to the authority and a public road.
> 
> > (2)  The route of a right of way should, wherever practicable, follow the route of existing roads or tracks (particularly, in the case of land in the Western Division, those the subject of special easements under Part 6 of Schedule 3 to the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058)).
> 
> > (3)  The holder of the authority—
> > 
> > > (a)  must ensure that substantial gates or grids (or, if the landholder of the land so requires, gates and grids), that comply with subsection (4), are placed wherever fences are intersected by the right of way, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if those fences are rabbit-proof, marsupial-proof or dog-proof fences, must ensure that rabbit-proof, marsupial-proof or dog-proof gates are placed at all such intersections.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty (subsection (3)): 50 penalty units.
> 
> > (4)  Any such gate or grid must be of a design and construction that is adequate to prevent stock from straying.
> 
> > (5)  The costs of installing and maintaining any gates or grids required by this section are to be borne by the holder of the authority.
> 
> > (6)  Subject to any determination by the Land and Environment Court, a right of way is subject to such conditions as to its exercise, and to such exceptions as to the land over which it may be exercised, as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (7)  If a dispute arises as to the exercise of a right of way, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (8)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 164:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[30\]. Subst 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[5\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[115\]–\[117\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[14\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[4\].

165   Right of access to water

> > (1)  If land subject to an authority includes the surface of any land, a landholder who is entitled to use the land for stock watering or water drainage purposes is entitled to free and uninterrupted access, for those purposes, to the water in any stream (whether perennial or intermittent) or any lagoon or swamp (whether permanent or temporary) on or adjacent to the land.
> 
> > (2)  If a dispute arises between the holder of an authority and any such landholder concerning the right of access, the holder or the landholder may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination on the matter.
> 
> > (3), (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 165:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[31\]–\[33\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[118\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\].

166   Use of water, timber and pasturage etc

> > (1)  If land subject to an authority includes the surface of the land, the holder of the authority must not—
> > 
> > > (a)  use water artificially conserved on that land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  fell trees, strip bark or cut timber on that land,
> > 
> > otherwise than in accordance with the consent of any landholder of the surface of the land or, if such a landholder refuses consent or attaches unreasonable conditions to the consent, in accordance with a determination of the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (2)  If land subject to a mining lease includes the surface of the land, the holder of the lease must not—
> > 
> > > (a)  depasture horses on the land, or keep on the land any dog that is not kept under effective control, unless the land is securely fenced, or
> > 
> > > (b)  remove rock or earth from the land, except in connection with mining operations, otherwise than with the consent of the landholder of the surface of the land.
> 
> **s 166:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[34\]–\[36\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[15\].

167   Joint holders of authorities

> If there is more than one holder of an authority, each of the holders is jointly and severally liable for the fulfilment of the obligations arising under this Act in relation to the authority.

168–169   (Repealed)

**s 168:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[113\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[57\].

**s 168A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[119\]. Am 2011 No 22, Sch 2.16 \[1\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[58\].

**s 169:** Subst 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[6\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[120\].

170   Settlement of certain disputes

> If any dispute arises between the holders of 2 or more authorities concerning their respective rights in relation to any land or minerals, any one or more of them may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination on the matter.
> 
> **s 170:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[6\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[121\]. Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\].

171   Certain claims for damages prohibited

> > (1)  No action lies against the Crown, the Minister or any person administering this Act in respect of any injury or loss suffered or incurred in relation to the exercise of any right conferred by an authority.
> 
> > (2)  Subsection (1) does not affect any liability of the Crown in respect of any injury or loss suffered or incurred in relation to the exercise of any right conferred by an exploration licence held by the Secretary on behalf of the Crown.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > The Secretary may hold an exploration licence on behalf of the Crown—see section 364.
> 
> **s 171:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[122\].

172   (Repealed)

**s 172:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[123\].

172A   Effect of change of inner limit of coastal waters

> > (1)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  an area is covered by an authority, and
> > 
> > > (b)  there is a change to the inner limit of the coastal waters of the State as defined in the [Offshore Minerals Act 1999](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1999-042), and
> > 
> > > (c)  as a result of the change, the area covered by the authority comes within those coastal waters,
> > 
> > this Act continues to apply to the area, while the authority or any successor authority remains in force, as if the change had not been made.
> 
> > (2)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  a mining lease takes effect immediately after an exploration licence expires, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the holder of the mining lease immediately after it takes effect was the holder of the exploration licence immediately before it expired,
> > 
> > the mining lease is a successor authority to the exploration permit for the purposes of subsection (1).
> 
> > (3)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  an assessment lease takes effect immediately after an exploration licence expires, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the holder of the assessment lease immediately after it takes effect was the holder of the exploration licence immediately before it expired,
> > 
> > the assessment lease is a successor authority to the exploration licence for the purposes of subsection (1).
> 
> > (4)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  a mining lease takes effect immediately after an assessment lease expires, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the assessment lease took effect immediately after an exploration licence expired, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the holder of the mining lease immediately after it takes effect was the holder of the assessment lease immediately before it expired, and
> > 
> > > (d)  the holder of the assessment lease immediately after it took effect was the holder of the exploration licence immediately before it expired,
> > 
> > the mining lease is a successor authority to the exploration licence and the assessment lease for the purposes of subsection (1).
> 
> **s 172A:** Ins 1999 No 42, Sch 3.11 \[2\].

Part 9 Mineral claims

Division 1 Mineral claims districts

173   Constitution of mineral claims districts

> > (1)  The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land as a mineral claims district and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the district and fix its boundaries.
> > 
> > Editorial note—
> > 
> > For orders under this subsection see Gazette No 101 of 20.8.1992, pp 5948, 5949.
> 
> > (2)  Such an order—
> > 
> > > (a)  may not be made except on the recommendation of the Minister, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may not be made over land within a reserve if an order under section 367 directs that mineral claims are not to be granted over land in the reserve, and
> > 
> > > (c)  may not be made over land within an exempted area except in accordance with the consent of the controlling body for that area.
> 
> **s 173:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[124\].

173A   Ancillary orders

> > (1)  The Secretary may, by order published in the Gazette, prohibit, either indefinitely or until a specified date, the lodging of applications for mineral claims over specified land in a mineral claims district.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land in a mineral claims district as a preserved mining field and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the preserved mining field and fix its boundaries.
> 
> > (3)  An order under this section may not be made with respect to land that is within an area for which a board of management is constituted under section 359 unless the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  has notified the board of the proposed order, and
> > 
> > > (b)  has taken into consideration any submission made by the board in relation to the proposed order.
> 
> **s 173A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[7\].

174   Notice of proposal to constitute mineral claims district

> > (1)  The Minister must cause notice of any proposed recommendation to constitute a mineral claims district to be served on—
> > 
> > > (a)  each Government agency that, in the opinion of the Minister, would be materially affected by the recommendation, and
> > 
> > > (b)  each council within whose area is situated the land to which the proposed recommendation relates.
> 
> > (2)  Such a notice—
> > 
> > > (a)  must identify the proposed boundaries of the mineral claims district, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must specify proposed conditions for inclusion in the order to be made under section 175 with respect to the mineral claims district.
> 
> **s 174:** Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[8\].

175   Special conditions

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, specify the conditions that are to apply to mineral claims granted over land within any specified mineral claims district.
> > 
> > Editorial note—
> > 
> > For orders under this subsection see Gazettes No 101 of 20.8.1992, pp 5950, 5954; No 56 of 8.4.1994, p 1556; No 97 of 23.8.1996, p 4889; No 28 of 21.3.1997, p 1601; No 67 of 28.3.2002, p 2065; No 59 of 7.3.2003, p 4038; No 87 of 21.5.2004, p 3116; No 58 of 3.4.2009, p 1588 and No 207 of 18.12.2009, p 6149.
> 
> > (2)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the conditions that may be specified in an order under this section include conditions as to the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)  the shape and size of mineral claims that may be granted,
> > 
> > > (b)  the minerals in respect of which mineral claims may be granted,
> > 
> > > (c)  the maximum number of mineral claims that may be held by any one person,
> > 
> > > (d)  the nature and extent of prospecting and mining operations that may be carried out in respect of mineral claims,
> > 
> > > (e)  the period for which a mineral claim is to have effect,
> > 
> > > (f), (g)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (h)  the royalties payable in respect of minerals recovered under mineral claims,
> > 
> > > (h1)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (i)  the depth below the surface of the land to which prospecting or mining operations may be carried out,
> > 
> > > (j)  the obligations of the holders of mineral claims as to the rehabilitation of land on which prospecting or mining operations have been carried out.
> 
> > (2A)  The conditions may vary by reference to specified matters including, in particular, by reference to whether or not the proposed claim area is within a preserved mining field.
> 
> > (3)  The Minister must have regard to, but (except as provided by subsection (4)) is not bound by, any representations made by a person or body to whom notice has been given under section 174.
> 
> > (4)  To the extent to which an order under this section applies to land within an exempted area, the order must include any conditions required by the controlling body for that area to be included in the order.
> 
> > (5)  This section does not authorise the making of conditions that permit a mineral claim to be granted over land having an area of more than 2 hectares or that permit a mineral claim to have a term of more than 5 years.
> 
> > (6)  A condition limiting the maximum number of mineral claims that may be held by any one person does not prevent a person from becoming the holder of further mineral claims that devolve on the person by operation of law.
> 
> **s 175:** Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[9\] \[10\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[126\]; 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[10\] \[11\]; 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[1\].

175A   Unlawful entry to site of mineral claim

> > (1)  Any person who, while in a mineral claims district, is found in or on any land the subject of a mineral claim held by some other person is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  except as provided by paragraph (b), 50 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if, when found on the land, the person is in possession of tools or equipment of a kind generally used for the purposes of prospecting or mining, 100 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
> 
> > (2)  It is a sufficient defence to a prosecution under this section if the defendant establishes that he or she had a reasonable excuse for being in or on the land concerned.
> 
> **s 175A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[4\]. Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[7\] \[8\].

175B   Court may make exclusion order against convicted persons

> > (1)  This section applies to—
> > 
> > > (a)  an offence referred to in section 12B, 12C or 12D, or
> > 
> > > (b)  an offence referred to in section 175A in connection with which the accused was found in possession of tools or equipment of a kind generally used for the purposes of prospecting or mining,
> > 
> > being an offence occurring within a mineral claims district.
> 
> > (2)  A court that convicts a person of an offence to which this section applies may make an order (an exclusion order) prohibiting the person from entering the whole or any part of the mineral claims district concerned, or any other mineral claims district, for such period (not exceeding 2 years) as may be specified in the order.
> 
> > (3)  An exclusion order may be made—
> > 
> > > (a)  at any time within 6 months after the person’s conviction, and
> > 
> > > (b)  whether or not the person has a legal or equitable interest in, or is the holder of an authority, mineral claim or opal prospecting licence over, any of the land to which the order relates.
> 
> > (4)  Before making an exclusion order against a person, a court—
> > 
> > > (a)  must cause written notice of the fact that it proposes to make such an order, and of the terms of the proposed order, to be served on the person, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must give the person a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the court with respect to the proposed order, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must take any such representations into consideration.
> 
> > (5)  An exclusion order takes effect—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the person to whom it relates is present in court when it is made, at the time it is made, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in any other case, when it is served on the person to whom it relates.
> 
> > (6)  A copy of an exclusion order must be sent to the Commissioner of Police as soon as practicable after the order is made.
> 
> **s 175B:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[4\].

175C   Appeals against, and suspensions and annulments of, exclusion orders

> > (1)  An appeal against an exclusion order made by the Local Court may be made to the Land and Environment Court under Part 4 of the [Crimes (Appeal and Review) Act 2001](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2001-120) as if that order were a sentence arising from a court attendance notice dealt with under Part 2 of Chapter 4 of the [Criminal Procedure Act 1986](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1986-209).
> 
> > (1A)  The [Crimes (Appeal and Review) Act 2001](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2001-120) applies to an appeal arising under subsection (1) with such modifications as are made by or in accordance with the regulations under that Act.
> 
> > (2)  For the purposes of the [Criminal Appeal Act 1912](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1912-016), an exclusion order made by a court other than the Local Court is taken to be a sentence within the meaning of that Act.
> 
> > (3)  If an appeal (or an application for leave to appeal) is made against the conviction from which an exclusion order arises, the operation of the exclusion order is suspended until the appeal or application is finally determined.
> 
> > (4)  Unless the appeal court orders otherwise, the exclusion order is annulled if the conviction is quashed.
> 
> > (5)  The appeal court may, by order, annul or vary the exclusion order even if the conviction is not quashed.
> 
> > (6)  In this section, appeal court means the court to which an appeal (or an application for leave to appeal) is made as referred to in subsection (3).
> 
> **s 175C:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[4\]. Am 1998 No 137, Sch 2.17; 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[1\]; 2007 No 94, Sch 2 (am 2008 No 107, Sch 21 \[2\]); 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[16\] \[17\]; 2015 No 15, Sch 2.34.

175D   Offence of contravening exclusion order

> > (1)  A person must not knowingly contravene an exclusion order that is in force in respect of the person.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—200 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
> 
> > (2)  It is a sufficient defence to a prosecution under this section if the defendant establishes that he or she had a reasonable excuse for contravening the order.
> 
> **s 175D:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[4\].

Division 2 Applications

176   Marking out of proposed claim area

> > (1)  Before applying for a mineral claim, a person must, in the manner prescribed by the regulations, mark out the area of land over which the person wishes the mineral claim to be granted.
> 
> > (2)  The area marked out must comply with the regulations in relation to shape and size.
> 
> **s 176:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[128\].

177   Notice of intention to apply for mineral claim

> > (1)  A person may not apply for a mineral claim over any land until after the person has caused notice of the proposed application to be served on the landholder.
> 
> > (2)  Such a notice must identify, in the manner prescribed by the regulations, the land to which the application relates.
> 
> **s 177:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[37\] \[38\].

178   Application for granting of mineral claim

> > (1)  Any person may apply for a mineral claim.
> 
> > (2)  An application—
> > 
> > > (a)  must identify, in the manner prescribed by the regulations, the land to which it relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must specify the mineral or minerals, or the ancillary mining activity or activities, in respect of which the mineral claim is sought, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (d)  must be accompanied by any information that is prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (e)  must be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (f)  must be accompanied by a copy of the notice served on the landholder of the land concerned under section 177 and a statutory declaration to the effect that the notice was so served.
> 
> > (3)  An application for a mineral claim may not be lodged with respect to land over which the lodging of such an application is prohibited by an order in force under section 173A (1).
> 
> **s 178:** Am 1994 No 45, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\] \[70\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[39\] \[40\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[11\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[129\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\].

179   Objection as to agricultural land

> > (1)  A landholder who is entitled to use land for agricultural purposes and who is served with a notice under section 177 may object to the granting of a mineral claim over the land on the basis that the land is agricultural land.
> 
> > (2)  Such an objection must be in writing and must be lodged with the Secretary within 28 days after the notice is served.
> 
> > (3)  On receipt of an objection, the Secretary is to determine the objection in accordance with Schedule 2.
> 
> **s 179:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[41\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[130\] \[131\] (am 2010 No 59, Sch 2.62 \[2\]); 2010 No 59, Sch 2.61 \[1\].

Division 3 Restrictions on the grant of mineral claims

180   General restrictions

> > (1)  A mineral claim may not be granted over land having an area of more than 2 hectares.
> 
> > (2)  A mineral claim may not be granted over land that is not situated within a mineral claims district.
> 
> > (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (4)  A mineral claim may not be granted in respect of coal.
> 
> > (5)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 180:** Am 1994 No 45, Sch 1; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[42\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[132\].

181   Exempted areas

> > (1)  A mineral claim may not be granted over land within an exempted area (other than land within a mineral claims district) except with the written consent of the controlling body of that area.
> 
> > (2)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.

182   Opal prospecting blocks, reserves, mineral allocation areas and controlled release areas

> > (1)  A mineral claim may not be granted over any land within—
> > 
> > > (a)  an opal prospecting block that is the subject of an opal prospecting licence held by a person other than the applicant for the mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (b)  a reserve in respect of which an order prohibiting the granting of mineral claims is in force under section 367.
> > 
> > > (c)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (2)  Except with the approval of the Minister, a mineral claim may not be granted over any land within a mineral allocation area or controlled release area that is constituted in respect of any mineral or minerals to which the application for the mineral claim relates.
> 
> **s 182:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[114\]–\[116\]; 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[14\].

183   Land subject to authority

> > (1)  A mineral claim may not be granted over any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  the subject of an exploration licence that includes any mineral or minerals in respect of which the claim is sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the subject of an assessment lease, a mining lease or a mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (c)  the subject of an application for any of the following that was lodged before the application for the firstmentioned mineral claim—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  an exploration licence that includes a group of minerals in respect of which the mineral claim is sought,
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  an assessment lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  a mining lease,
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  a mineral claim.
> > 
> > otherwise than to or with the written consent of the holder of, or the applicant for, that licence, lease or claim.
> 
> > (2)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (3)  If, as a result of such a consent, a mineral claim is granted in respect of land referred to in subsection (1), that land—
> > 
> > > (a)  ceases to be subject to the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim referred to in that subsection, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is excluded from the application for the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease or mineral claim so referred to,
> > 
> > as the case requires, unless the Secretary makes a determination under subsection (4).
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary may determine that subsection (3) does not apply with respect to the land or to a part of the land if the Secretary is satisfied that having the land or that part subject to both the claim and the other authorisation concerned is not likely to make the exercise of rights under the claim or the other authorisation impracticable.
> 
> **s 183:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[134\]–\[136\].

184   Land subject to exploration licence

> > (1)  If an application for a mineral claim is lodged in respect of land that is subject wholly or partly to one or more exploration licences (other than exploration licences that include any mineral or minerals in respect of which the claim is sought), the Secretary must cause notice of the application to be served on the holder of every such exploration licence.
> 
> > (2)  A person served with such a notice may object to the granting of the mineral claim by lodging with the Secretary, on or before the date specified in the notice, a written notice stating the grounds of the objection.
> 
> > (3)  Any such objection is to be taken into consideration by the Minister when determining the application.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply to an application that is made with the written consent of the holder of every exploration licence over the land concerned.
> 
> > (5)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (6)  If a mineral claim is granted over land that is subject to an exploration licence, that land ceases to be subject to the exploration licence when the mineral claim is granted.
> 
> **s 184:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[138\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[18\].

185, 186   (Repealed)

**s 185:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[58\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[19\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[139\].

**s 186:** Am 2007 No 27, Sch 1.27 \[2\]; 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[1\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[59\].

187   Agricultural land

> > (1)  A mineral claim may not be granted over any land that, as a consequence of an objection to the granting of the claim, has been determined to be agricultural land in accordance with Schedule 2.
> 
> > (2)  This section does not prevent a mineral claim from being granted over land merely because an objection to the granting of the claim has been made on the basis that the land is agricultural land.
> 
> **s 187:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[140\].

188   Dwelling-houses, gardens and significant improvements

> > (1)  A mineral claim may not be granted over the surface of any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated a dwelling-house that is the principal place of residence of the person occupying it or a woolshed or shearing shed which is in use as such, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated any garden, or
> > 
> > > (c)  on which is situated any significant improvement other than an improvement constructed or used for ancillary mining activities only,
> > 
> > except with the written consent of the owner of the dwelling-house, woolshed, shearing shed, garden or improvement (and, in the case of the dwelling-house, the written consent of its occupant).
> 
> > (2)  The prescribed distance is—
> > 
> > > (a)  200 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (a), and
> > 
> > > (b)  50 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (1) (b).
> 
> > (2A)  A mineral claim may not be granted over land—
> > 
> > > (a)  which is within a preserved mining field, and
> > 
> > > (b)  which is privately owned land (that is, land that is not Crown land) or is Crown land held under a Western lands lease (as defined in Schedule 3 to the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058)) for residential purposes, and
> > 
> > > (c)  within which is situated a dwelling-house that is the principal place of residence of its occupier,
> > 
> > except with the written consent of both the owner and the occupier of the dwelling-house.
> 
> > (2B)  Subsection (1) does not apply to land referred to in subsection (2A).
> 
> > (3)  A written consent given under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> > (4)  Subsections (1) and (2A) do not apply in respect of a dwelling-house, woolshed, shearing shed, garden or significant improvement that was not in existence when the application for the mineral claim was lodged.
> 
> > (5)  If a dispute arises as to whether or not subsection (1) or (2A) applies in a particular case, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (6)  A mineral claim may not be granted over land below the surface of land referred to in subsection (1) except at such depths, and subject to such conditions, as the mining registrar considers sufficient to minimise damage to that surface.
> 
> **s 188:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[46\]–\[49\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[43\] \[44\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[17\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[12\]–\[14\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[141\]; 2008 No 68, Sch 1 \[2\] \[7\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[20\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[5\] (am 2017 No 63, Sch 1.6 \[1\].

189   Mineral claim not to be re-granted to former holder

> > (1)  A person who has been the holder of a mineral claim that has been cancelled pursuant to an order of the Land and Environment Court may not be granted a further mineral claim over any part of the land over which the earlier mineral claim was held until the expiration of the period of 12 months following the making of the order.
> 
> > (2)  This section is subject to any further order made by the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> **s 189:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\] \[21\].

Division 4 Granting of mineral claims

190   Power of Secretary in relation to applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for a mineral claim, the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant to the applicant a mineral claim over all or only part of the land over which a claim was sought, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  If an objection to the granting of the mineral claim on the basis that the land concerned is agricultural land has been lodged with the Secretary before the application is determined, the Secretary may defer consideration of the application until the objection has been determined.
> 
> > (4)–(4B)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (5)  If the Secretary refuses to grant a mineral claim, the Secretary is to cause notice of the decision, and of the reasons for the decision, to be served on the applicant.
> 
> > (6)  If more than one application is made for a mineral claim over the same area of land, the applications are to be dealt with in the order in which they are lodged or, if they are lodged simultaneously, in such order as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Schedule 1B makes provision about the grant or refusal of an application for a mineral claim and the conditions to which a mineral claim is subject.
> 
> > (7)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 190:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[32\] \[33\] \[71\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[15\]; 2005 No 64, Sch 1.20 \[5\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[142\]–\[145\]; 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[2\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[60\] \[61\].

191   Land over which mineral claim may be granted

> > (1)  A mineral claim may be granted in respect of any mineral or minerals, regardless of whether the mineral or minerals are publicly owned, privately owned or partly publicly and partly privately owned.
> 
> > (2)  A mineral claim may be granted over the surface of land, over the surface of land and the subsoil below the surface, over the surface of land and the subsoil down to a specified depth below the surface or over the subsoil between or below any specified depth or depths below the surface of land.

192   (Repealed)

**s 192:** Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[16\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[146\]; 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[12\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\] \[4\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[62\].

193   Term of mineral claim

> A mineral claim—
> 
> > (a)  takes effect on the date on which it is granted or on such later date as the Secretary may determine, and
> 
> > (b)  ceases to have effect at the expiration of such period (not exceeding 5 years or, in the case of a mineral claim over land that is situated within a mineral claims district, not exceeding such shorter period as the special conditions may specify) as the Secretary may determine.
> 
> **s 193:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\].

194   Certificate of mineral claim

> > (1)  On granting a mineral claim, the Secretary is to cause a certificate to be given to the holder of the claim of the fact that the claim has been granted.
> 
> > (2)  A certificate is to be in the approved form and is to include the following particulars—
> > 
> > > (a)  a description of the land over which the mineral claim is granted,
> > 
> > > (b)  a list of the mineral or minerals, or the ancillary mining activity or activities, in respect of which the mineral claim is granted,
> > 
> > > (c)  the conditions to which the mineral claim is subject,
> > 
> > > (d)  the period for which the mineral claim is to have effect.
> 
> **s 194:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[72\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\].

Division 5 Rights and duties under a mineral claim

195   Rights under mineral claim

> > (1)  The holder of a mineral claim granted in respect of a mineral or minerals may, in accordance with the conditions of the claim, prospect for that mineral or those minerals and mine that mineral or those minerals.
> 
> > (1A)  The holder of a mineral claim may, subject to the conditions of the claim, also do any of the following in connection with any prospecting or mining authorised by subsection (1)—
> > 
> > > (a)  erect any buildings and structures,
> > 
> > > (b)  exercise any rights in the nature of easements,
> > 
> > > (c)  remove from the claim area any timber, stone or gravel,
> > 
> > > (d)  carry out any ancillary mining activity.
> 
> > (1B)  The holder of a mineral claim granted in respect of an ancillary mining activity or activities only may, in accordance with the conditions of the claim, carry out the ancillary mining activity or activities specified in the certificate relating to the claim.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 195:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[73\] \[74\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[147\]–\[149\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[4\] \[5\].

195A   (Repealed)

**s 195A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[34\]. Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[17\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[150\].

196   Claim areas over which authority is subsequently granted

> Land over which a mineral claim is granted and over which an authority or further mineral claim is subsequently granted ceases to be part of the claim area when the authority or further claim takes effect.

Division 6 Renewal, transfer and cancellation of mineral claims

**pt 9, div 6, hdg:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[6\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[87\].

197   Application for renewal of mineral claim

> > (1)  The holder of a mineral claim may, from time to time, apply for renewal of the claim.
> 
> > (2)  An application for renewal of a mineral claim—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be lodged with the Secretary within 2 months before the day on which the claim would otherwise expire.
> 
> > (3)  If an application for renewal of a mineral claim is not finally dealt with before the date on which the mineral claim would otherwise cease to have effect, the mineral claim continues to have effect in relation to the land to which the application relates (and no other land) until the application is finally determined.
> 
> **s 197:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\] \[80\] \[81\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[151\].

198   Determination of application for renewal of mineral claim

> > (1)  After considering an application for renewal of a mineral claim, the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  may renew the mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (2), (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 198:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[152\] 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[13\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[63\].

199   Partial renewal

> A mineral claim may be renewed as to the whole or any part of the claim area and, if it is renewed as to part only of the claim area, the remainder ceases to be part of the claim area when the renewal takes effect.

199A   Term of renewal

> > (1)  A mineral claim that is renewed—
> > 
> > > (a)  takes effect on the date on which it is renewed or on such later date as the Secretary may determine, and
> > 
> > > (b)  ceases to have effect at the expiration of such period (not exceeding 5 years or such shorter period as the special conditions may specify) as the Secretary may determine.
> 
> > (2)  Any amendment of the conditions of a mineral claim takes effect on the date on which the renewal of the mineral claim takes effect.
> 
> **s 199A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[82\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[153\].

200   Application for transfer of mineral claim

> > (1)  The holder of a mineral claim may apply for the transfer of the claim to some other person.
> 
> > (2)  An application for the transfer of a mineral claim—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must contain any information prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (d)  must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed transferee, and
> > 
> > > (e)  must be accompanied by a copy of the relevant notice served under subsection (2A).
> 
> > (2A)  Notice of an intention to make an application under this section must be given by the applicant to the landholder of the land to which the mineral claim relates.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary may defer consideration of an application that is the subject of legal proceedings, or of an inquiry under this Act, pending the outcome of those proceedings or that inquiry.
> 
> **s 200:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[45\] \[46\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[154\].

201   Determination of application for transfer of mineral claim

> > (1)  After considering an application for transfer of a mineral claim, the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  may transfer the mineral claim, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (2), (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (4)  A mineral claim may not be transferred to a person if the person would consequently become the holder of more mineral claims than the maximum number allowed by this Act.
> 
> **s 201:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[155\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[64\].

202   Devolution of rights of holder of mineral claim

> A person on whom the rights of the holder of a mineral claim have devolved by operation of law may apply to the Secretary to have that person’s name recorded as the holder of the claim and, if the Secretary is satisfied that those rights have so devolved, the Secretary must so record the name of the applicant.
> 
> **s 202:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[15\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[156\].

203   Grounds of cancellation or operational suspension

> > (1)  The Secretary may cancel a mineral claim, as to the whole or any part of the land to which it relates—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the holder of the claim requests the Secretary to cancel the claim, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if, as a result of an objection made under section 179, it is determined in accordance with Schedule 2 that the land is agricultural land, or
> > 
> > > (c)  if the holder of the claim contravenes a provision of this Act or the regulations (whether or not the holder is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention), or
> > 
> > > (c1)  if a person contravenes a condition of the claim (whether or not the holder is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention), or
> > 
> > > (c2)  if the Secretary reasonably considers that the holder of the claim provided false or misleading information in or in connection with an application or any report provided under this Act for or with respect to the claim, or
> > 
> > > (d)  if the holder of the claim fails to comply with the requirements of any agreement or assessment under Part 13 in relation to the payment of compensation, or
> > 
> > > (e)  if the holder of the claim is convicted of any offence relating to mining or minerals, or
> > 
> > > (f)  if the land is required for a public purpose, or
> > 
> > > (g)  if the mining registrar is ordered by the Land and Environment Court to cancel the claim, or
> > 
> > > (h)  if the holder of the claim fails to use the land comprised in the claim in good faith for the purposes for which the claim has been granted, or uses the land for a purpose other than that for which the claim has been granted, or
> > 
> > > (i)  if the Secretary reasonably considers that there has been a contravention of a direction under section 240 or 240AA.
> 
> > (2)  A request referred to in subsection (1) (a)—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if the application is for the cancellation of the claim as to part only of the land to which it relates—must be accompanied by a description, prepared in the manner prescribed by the regulations, of the land in respect of which the claim is to be cancelled.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary may defer cancellation of a mineral claim that is the subject of legal proceedings, or of an inquiry under this Act, pending the outcome of those proceedings or that inquiry.
> 
> > (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 203:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[18\] \[19\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[157\]–\[161\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[65\].

204   Cancellations of mineral claims

> > (1)  Before cancelling a mineral claim on a ground referred to in section 203 (1) (b)–(f), (h) or (i), the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  must cause written notice of the proposed cancellation, and of the grounds of the proposed cancellation, to be served on the holder of the claim, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must give the holder of the claim a reasonable opportunity to make representations with respect to the proposed cancellation, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must take any such representations into consideration.
> 
> > (2)  Cancellation of a mineral claim takes effect on the date on which written notice of the cancellation is served on the holder of the claim or on such later date as is specified in the notice.
> 
> > (3)  Cancellation of a mineral claim does not affect any liability incurred by the holder of the claim before the cancellation took effect.
> 
> > (4), (5)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 204:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[20\]–\[23\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[162\]–\[167\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[66\].

205   Compensation for cancellation of mineral claims

> > (1)  The holder of a mineral claim is not entitled to compensation merely because the claim is cancelled.
> 
> > (2)  However, if a mineral claim is cancelled on the ground that the whole or any part of the land concerned is required for a public purpose, the holder of the claim is entitled to compensation, of an amount to be determined by the Secretary, for any mining improvements made to the land.
> 
> **s 205:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[8\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[24\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[168\].

206   Review of decisions concerning cancellation of mineral claims

> > (1)  Any person who is aggrieved by the decision of the Secretary to cancel a mineral claim held by the person, or as to the amount of compensation payable as a consequence of its cancellation, may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a review of the decision.
> 
> > (2)  An application must be filed in the Land and Environment Court within 14 days after written notice of the decision is served on the person.
> 
> > (3)  Subject to any order made by the Land and Environment Court, an application for a review does not operate to stay the decision to which the application relates.
> 
> > (4)  The decision of the Land and Environment Court is to be given effect to as if it were the decision of the Secretary.
> 
> **s 206:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Subst 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[88\]. Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[25\] \[26\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[169\] \[170\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\] \[22\].

Division 7 Miscellaneous

207   Holder of mineral claim must be at least 18

> A mineral claim may not be granted to an individual who has not attained the age of 18 years.

208   Withdrawal of application

> > (1)  An application or objection in relation to the grant, renewal, transfer or cancellation of a mineral claim may be withdrawn by means of a notice of withdrawal lodged by the applicant or objector with the Secretary and ceases to have effect when the notice is lodged.
> 
> > (2)  The withdrawal of an application or objection under this section is irrevocable.
> 
> **s 208:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[171\].

209   Pending applications

> For the purposes of this Act, an application for a mineral claim is pending from the time it is lodged under this Act until the time it is finally disposed of.

210   Death etc of applicant for granting of mineral claim

> An application for a mineral claim made by a person who subsequently dies, becomes bankrupt or becomes a mentally incapacitated person—
> 
> > (a)  subsists for the benefit of the applicant’s estate, and
> 
> > (b)  may continue to be dealt with,
> 
> if the applicant’s legal representative or the manager of the applicant’s estate so requests.

210A   (Repealed)

**s 210A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[90\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[157\] \[158\] \[169\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[67\].

210B   Limitation of challenges to decisions relating to mineral claims

> > (1)  The cancellation of a mineral claim, or the grant or refusal of an application for a mineral claim or for the renewal or transfer of a mineral claim, cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than 3 months after the date of the cancellation, grant or refusal.
> 
> > (2)  A notice lodged under section 208 cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than one month after the date of its lodgment.
> 
> > (3)  This section has effect despite any other Act, but does not apply so as to affect—
> > 
> > > (a)  any appeal from proceedings commenced within the period of 3 months referred to in subsection (1) or, in the case of proceedings relating to a notice referred to in subsection (2), the month referred to in subsection (2), or
> > 
> > > (b)  the operation of section 206.
> 
> **s 210B:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[90\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[172\].

211   Rights of way

> > (1)  The holder of a mineral claim is entitled to a right of way (to be indicated or described in the manner prescribed by the regulations) between the claim area and a public road.
> 
> > (2)  The route of a right of way—
> > 
> > > (a)  should, wherever practicable, follow the route of existing roads or tracks (particularly, in the case of land in the Western Division, those the subject of special easements under Part 6 of Schedule 3 to the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058)), and
> > 
> > > (b)  must accord with the provisions of any registered access management plan applying to the land.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of the mineral claim—
> > 
> > > (a)  must ensure that substantial gates or grids (or, if the landholder of the land so requires, gates and grids), that comply with subsection (4), are placed wherever fences are intersected by the right of way, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if those fences are rabbit-proof, marsupial-proof or dog-proof fences, must ensure that rabbit-proof, marsupial-proof or dog-proof gates are placed at all such intersections.
> 
> > (4)  Any such gate or grid must be of a design and construction that is adequate to prevent stock from straying.
> 
> > (5)  The costs of installing and maintaining any gates or grids required by this section are to be borne by the holder of the mineral claim.
> 
> > (6)  Subject to any determination by the Land and Environment Court, a right of way is subject to such conditions as to its exercise, and to such exceptions as to the land over which it may be exercised—
> > 
> > > (a)  as may be prescribed by the regulations, or
> > 
> > > (b)  as may be specified in any registered access management plan applying to the land.
> 
> > (7)  If a dispute arises as to the exercise of a right of way, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (8)  In the case of land within a mineral claims district, the conditions imposed by the Land and Environment Court under subsection (7) must not be inconsistent with the conditions specified in any registered access management plan applying to the land.
> 
> > (9)    (Repealed)
> 
> Maximum penalty (subsection (3)): 50 penalty units.
> 
> **s 211:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[47\]. Subst 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[18\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[173\]–\[175\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[23\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[6\].

212   Right of access to water

> > (1)  If land subject to a mineral claim includes the surface of any land, a landholder who is entitled to use the land for stock watering or water drainage purposes is entitled to free and uninterrupted access, for those purposes, to the water in any stream (whether perennial or intermittent) or any lagoon or swamp (whether permanent or temporary) on or adjacent to the land.
> 
> > (2)  If a dispute arises between the holder of the mineral claim and any such landholder concerning the right of access, the holder of the mineral claim or the landholder may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination on the matter.
> 
> > (3), (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 212:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[48\]–\[50\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[177\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\].

213   Use of water, timber and pasturage etc

> > (1)  If land subject to a mineral claim includes the surface of the land, the holder of the mineral claim must not—
> > 
> > > (a)  use water artificially conserved on that land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  fell trees, strip bark or cut timber on that land,
> > 
> > otherwise than in accordance with the consent of any landholder of the surface of the land or, if such a landholder refuses consent or attaches unreasonable conditions to the consent, in accordance with a determination of the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (2)  If land subject to a mineral claim includes the surface of the land, the holder of the claim must not—
> > 
> > > (a)  depasture horses on the land, or keep on the land any dog that is not under effective control, unless the land is securely fenced, or
> > 
> > > (b)  remove rock or earth from the land, except in connection with mining operations, otherwise than with the consent of the landholder of the surface of the land.
> 
> Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.
> 
> **s 213:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[34\] \[51\] \[52\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[178\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[24\].

214   Joint holders of mineral claims

> If there is more than one holder of a mineral claim, each of the holders is jointly and severally liable for the fulfilment of the obligations arising under this Act in relation to the claim.

215, 216   (Repealed)

**s 215:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[117\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[68\].

**s 216:** Subst 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[7\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[179\].

217   Settlement of certain disputes

> If any dispute arises between the holders of 2 or more mineral claims concerning their respective rights in relation to any land or minerals, any one or more of them may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination on the matter.
> 
> **s 217:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[6\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[179\]. Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\].

218   Certain claims for damages prohibited

> No action lies against the Crown, the Minister or any person administering this Act in respect of any injury or loss suffered or incurred in relation to the exercise of any right conferred by a mineral claim.
> 
> **s 218:** Subst 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[19\].

218A   Records

> > (1)  The Secretary is to cause to be kept a record of—
> > 
> > > (a)  every application for a mineral claim that is received by the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (b)  every mineral claim granted, renewed, varied, transferred or cancelled by the Secretary.
> 
> > (2)  Such a record must be kept in the form, and must contain the particulars, required by the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  The record must be kept available at the office of the Department for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public.
> 
> **s 218A:** Ins 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[157\] \[180\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[69\].

218B   Registration of certain interests in mineral claims

> > (1)  The Secretary is to keep a register of legal and equitable interests in mineral claims.
> 
> > (2)  Any person claiming a legal or equitable interest in a mineral claim may apply for registration of the interest.
> 
> > (3)  An application must be lodged with the Secretary and must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations and by documentary evidence of the legal or equitable interest concerned.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary may, if satisfied that the applicant holds the interest concerned, register the document by which the legal or equitable interest is evidenced.
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may, on application by the holder of an interest or otherwise, make such amendments to the register kept under this section as are appropriate to reflect dealings in the interest.
> 
> > (6)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the Secretary may cancel the registration of an interest if of the opinion that the interest has ceased to exist.
> 
> > (7)  The registration of an interest under this section is not to be taken to be evidence of the existence of the interest.
> 
> > (8)  For the purposes of any legal proceedings concerning a mineral claim—
> > 
> > > (a)  a registered interest has priority over an interest that is not registered, and
> > 
> > > (b)  an earlier registered interest has priority over a later registered interest.
> 
> > (9)  The register must be kept available at such offices of the Department as may be prescribed by the regulations for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public.
> 
> > (10)  Section 208 applies to an application under this section in the same way as it applies to an application referred to in section 208 (1).
> 
> **s 218B:** Ins 2010 No 57, Sch 1.15 \[1\]. Am 2011 No 27, Sch 2.32 \[1\].

219   (Repealed)

**s 219:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[181\].

219A   Mineral claims district management fund

> > (1)  For each mineral claims district there is to be established a district management fund into which are to be paid—
> > 
> > > (a)  all levies paid in accordance with a condition referred to in section 175 (2) (h1) in respect of mineral claims granted or renewed over land within the district, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the proceeds of investment of money in the fund, and
> > 
> > > (c)  such other money as is required or permitted to be paid into the fund.
> 
> > (2)  Money in any such fund may be used—
> > 
> > > (a)  for any purpose specified in a condition referred to in section 175 (2) (h1) as a purpose for which levies referred to in that paragraph may be applied, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to cover the costs of administering the fund.
> 
> > (3)  Money received for payment into a fund established under this section is to be paid into an account kept, for the purposes of the fund, in an authorised deposit-taking institution.
> 
> > (4)  A fund established under this section in relation to a mineral claims district is to be administered by the Secretary.
> 
> **s 219A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[20\].

Part 10 Opal prospecting licences

Division 1 Opal prospecting areas

220   Opal prospecting areas

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any prescribed land as an opal prospecting area and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the area and fix its boundaries.
> 
> > (2)  For the purposes of this section, prescribed land is—
> > 
> > > (a)  any land held under a lease or licence for grazing purposes under the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058), or
> > 
> > > (b)  Crown land other than—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  land that is held under a lease or licence (not being a lease or licence referred to in paragraph (a)) under the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058), or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  land in respect of which a Crown land manager has been appointed or that is under the control of a council pursuant to section 48 of the [Local Government Act 1993](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1993-030), or
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  land that is subject to an easement, or
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  any land of a class or description prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  In subsection (2)—
> > 
> > Crown land has the same meaning as in the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058).
> > 
> > licence includes a permissive occupancy.
> 
> **s 220:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[53\] \[54\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[7\].

221   Notification of landholders

> Before constituting any land as an opal prospecting area or adding any land to an existing opal prospecting area, the Minister must cause written notice to be served on the landholder—
> 
> > (a)  of the proposal to constitute the land as an opal prospecting area, and
> 
> > (b)  of the grounds on which the landholder may make an objection to the constitution of the land as an opal prospecting area, and
> 
> > (c)  of the manner and form in which the landholder may make such an objection.
> 
> **s 221:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[55\]–\[57\].

222   Objections

> > (1)  A landholder of any land who has been served with a notice of the Minister’s proposal to constitute the land as an opal prospecting area, or to add the land to an existing opal prospecting area, may, within 28 days after being so served, make an objection to the proposal on any of the following grounds—
> > 
> > > (a)  on the ground that the land the subject of the proposal is agricultural land, if the landholder is a person who is entitled to use the land for agricultural purposes,
> > 
> > > (b)  on one or more grounds of the kind prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  Such an objection—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be lodged with the Secretary, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be in the approved form.
> 
> > (3)  If an objection is made on the ground referred to in subsection (1) (a), the Secretary is to determine the question of whether the land concerned is agricultural land in accordance with Schedule 2.
> 
> > (4)  Unless it is earlier withdrawn, the Secretary must refer any objection made on the ground referred to in subsection (1) (b) for inquiry and report by a person having such qualifications or experience as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (5)  At the conclusion of the inquiry into the objection, the person to whom the objection has been referred must furnish the Minister with a report as to his or her findings.
> 
> > (6)  An objection made on the ground referred to in subsection (1) (b) is to be determined by the Minister on the basis of the report so furnished.
> 
> **s 222:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[58\] \[59\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[182\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[25\].

223   Certain land not to be included in opal prospecting area

> > (1)  Land may not be constituted as an opal prospecting area or added to an existing opal prospecting area—
> > 
> > > (a)  if an application for an authority is pending in respect of the land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if an authority is in force in respect of the land, or
> > 
> > > (c)  if the land forms part of a reserve, an exempted area, a mineral allocation area for opal or a colliery holding, or
> > 
> > > (d)  if it has been determined in accordance with Schedule 2 that the land is agricultural land.
> 
> > (2)  Land that is within a national park, state conservation area, regional park, historic site, nature reserve, state game reserve, Aboriginal area, protected archaeological area, wildlife district, wildlife refuge, wildlife assessment area or Aboriginal place within the meaning of the [National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1974-080) may not be constituted as an opal prospecting area, or added to an existing opal prospecting area, except with the consent of the Minister administering that Act.
> 
> **s 223:** Am 1996 No 58, Sch 2.6; 2006 No 120, Sch 2.54.

223A   Special conditions

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, specify special conditions that are to apply to opal prospecting licences granted over land within any specified opal prospecting area.
> 
> > (2)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the conditions that may be specified in an order under this section include conditions as to the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)  the areas in which prospecting operations in respect of an opal prospecting block are prohibited,
> > 
> > > (b)  the nature and extent of prospecting operations that may be carried out in respect of opal prospecting blocks,
> > 
> > > (c)–(e)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (f)  the obligations of holders of opal prospecting licences as to the rehabilitation of land on which prospecting operations have been carried out,
> > 
> > > (g)  the works to be carried out under an opal prospecting licence,
> > 
> > > (h)  the amount of money to be expended on prospecting,
> > 
> > > (i)  such other matters as the Minister considers appropriate.
> 
> **s 223A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[21\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[184\] 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[14\]; 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[3\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[70\].

224   Opal prospecting blocks

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land within an opal prospecting area as an opal prospecting block.
> 
> > (2)  Such an order—
> > 
> > > (a)  may give the opal prospecting block a designation and fix its boundaries, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may specify any periods during which an opal prospecting licence may not be granted in respect of the opal prospecting block.
> 
> > (3)  An opal prospecting block may not exceed—
> > 
> > > (a)  an area of 500 hectares, or
> > 
> > > (b)  such smaller area as is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 224:** Am 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[5\].

225   Map of opal prospecting area to be prepared

> > (1)  As soon as practicable after land within an opal prospecting area has been constituted as an opal prospecting block, the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  must cause a map to be prepared, on which the following particulars are to be depicted—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  the boundary of the opal prospecting area,
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  the boundary of each opal prospecting block within the opal prospecting area,
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  the name of the opal prospecting area,
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  the designation of each opal prospecting block within the opal prospecting area,
> > > 
> > > > (v)  the period (not exceeding 5 years) for which an opal prospecting licence over an opal prospecting block within the opal prospecting area may be granted, and
> > > 
> > > > (vi)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (b)  must cause a copy of the map to be furnished to the Secretary.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may from time to time cause such a map to be amended—
> > 
> > > (a)  by varying the boundary of the opal prospecting area, or
> > 
> > > (b)  by varying the boundary of one or more opal prospecting blocks within the opal prospecting area, or
> > 
> > > (c)  by varying the period for which an opal prospecting licence over an opal prospecting block within the opal prospecting area may be granted.
> > 
> > > (d)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  As soon as practicable after a map is amended, the Minister must cause a copy of the amended map to be furnished to the Secretary.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary must cause a copy of the map to be kept available for inspection during office hours, free of charge, in such location or locations as the Secretary determines.
> 
> **s 225:** Am 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[6\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[22\]–\[25\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[185\]–\[187\].

Division 2 Opal prospecting licences

226   Applications for opal prospecting licences

> > (1)  Any person may apply for an opal prospecting licence over an opal prospecting block.
> 
> > (2)  An application must be in writing, lodged with the Secretary and accompanied by—
> > 
> > > (a)  the application fee prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any information that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  If more than one application is lodged with the Secretary in respect of the same opal prospecting block, the applications are to be dealt with in the order in which they are lodged or, if they are lodged simultaneously, in such order as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 226:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[17\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[169\] \[188\] \[189\].

227   Restrictions on grant of licence

> > (1)  An opal prospecting licence may not be granted over an opal prospecting block—
> > 
> > > (a)  to an individual who has not attained the age of 18 years,
> > 
> > > (b)  over which any other opal prospecting licence is in force or has (at any time within the 14 days preceding the day on which the application for the licence was lodged) been in force, or
> > 
> > > (c)  over which a mineral claim is in force, or
> > 
> > > (d)  to a person who is the holder of an opal prospecting licence over any other opal prospecting block, or
> > 
> > > (e)  during a period specified in the order by which the opal prospecting block is constituted as a period during which such a licence may not be granted.
> 
> > (2)  An opal prospecting licence may not be granted over any part of an opal prospecting block in respect of which an application for a mineral claim is pending.
> 
> **s 227:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[118\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[27\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[190\].

228   Power of Secretary in relation to applications

> > (1)  After considering an application for an opal prospecting licence, the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  may grant an opal prospecting licence to the applicant, or
> > 
> > > (b)  may refuse the application.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  If the Secretary refuses to grant an opal prospecting licence, the Secretary is to cause notice of the decision, and of the reasons for the decision, to be served on the applicant.
> 
> > (4)–(6)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 228:** Subst 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[119\]. Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[28\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[27\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[191\] \[192\]; 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[4\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[71\].

229   Conditions of licence

> An opal prospecting licence is subject to—
> 
> > (a)  any special conditions that apply, pursuant to section 223A, to the opal prospecting block over which the licence is granted, and
> 
> > (b)  the conditions imposed on the holder of the licence, pursuant to section 235C, as to his or her exercise of any right of way under that section in respect of the opal prospecting block over which the licence is granted, and
> 
> > (c)  the conditions to which the holder of the licence is subject pursuant to any registered access management plan in force in respect of the opal prospecting block over which the licence is granted, and
> 
> > (d)  any other conditions (not inconsistent with any other condition referred to in this section) that the Secretary imposes when the licence is granted, or at any other time under a power conferred by this Act.
> 
> **s 229:** Subst 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[28\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[15\].

230   Term of licence

> An opal prospecting licence has effect for the period specified on the map in respect of the opal prospecting block concerned.

231   Form of licence

> An opal prospecting licence is to be in the approved form and is to include the following particulars—
> 
> > (a)  the designation of the opal prospecting block over which the licence is granted,
> 
> > (b)  the period for which the licence is to have effect.
> 
> Note—
> 
> Schedule 1B applies to small-scale titles, including opal prospecting licences.
> 
> **s 231:** Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[72\].

232   Rights under licence

> > (1)  The holder of an opal prospecting licence may, in accordance with the licence, prospect for opals in the opal prospecting block over which the licence is granted.
> 
> > (1A)  Despite subsection (1), the holder of an opal prospecting licence may not prospect for opals in any part of an opal prospecting block in respect of which prospecting is prohibited under section 223A.
> 
> > (2)  While an opal prospecting licence is in force, no person, other than the holder of the licence, may prospect for opals in any part of the opal prospecting block to which the licence relates.
> 
> > (3)  Nothing in this section prevents the holder of a mineral claim from exercising, in relation to any land within an opal prospecting block, any right conferred by the claim.
> 
> > (4)  An application for a mineral claim is a nullity to the extent to which it relates to any part of an opal prospecting block in respect of which any person other than the applicant holds an opal prospecting licence.
> 
> **s 232:** Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[29\].

232A   (Repealed)

**s 232A:** Ins 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[29\]. Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[30\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[193\].

233   Grounds of cancellation of opal prospecting licence

> > (1)  The Secretary may cancel an opal prospecting licence—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the holder of the licence requests the Secretary to cancel the licence, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the holder contravenes a provision of this Act or the regulations (whether or not the holder is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention), or
> > 
> > > (b1)  if a person contravenes a condition of the licence (whether or not the holder is prosecuted or convicted of any offence arising from the contravention), or
> > 
> > > (b2)  if the Secretary reasonably considers that the holder of the licence provided false or misleading information in or in connection with an application or any report provided under this Act for or with respect to the licence, or
> > 
> > > (c)  if the holder of the licence fails to comply with the requirements of any agreement or assessment under Part 13 in relation to the payment of compensation, or
> > 
> > > (d)  if the holder of the licence is convicted of any offence relating to mining or minerals, or
> > 
> > > (e)  if the Secretary is ordered by the Land and Environment Court to cancel the licence, or
> > 
> > > (f)  if the Secretary reasonably considers that there has been a contravention of a direction under section 240 or 240AA.
> 
> > (2)  A request referred to in subsection (1) (a) must be lodged with the Secretary.
> 
> **s 233:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[157\] \[194\] \[195\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[73\].

234   Cancellations

> > (1)  Before cancelling an opal prospecting licence on a ground referred to in section 233 (1) (b)–(d) or (f), the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  must cause written notice of the proposed cancellation, and of the grounds of the proposed cancellation, to be served on the holder of the licence, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must give the holder of the licence a reasonable opportunity to make representations with respect to the proposed cancellation, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must take any such representations into consideration.
> 
> > (2)  Cancellation of an opal prospecting licence takes effect on the date on which written notice of the cancellation is served on the holder of the licence or on such later date as is specified in the notice.
> 
> > (3)  Cancellation of an opal prospecting licence does not affect any liability incurred by the holder of the licence before the cancellation took effect.
> 
> **s 234:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[137\] \[196\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[74\].

234A   Limitation of challenges to decisions relating to opal prospecting licences

> > (1)  The cancellation of an opal prospecting licence or the grant or refusal of an application for an opal prospecting licence cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than 3 months after the cancellation, grant or refusal.
> 
> > (2)  This section has effect despite any other Act, but does not apply so as to affect any appeal from proceedings commenced within the period of 3 months referred to in subsection (1).
> 
> **s 234A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[197\].

Division 3 Miscellaneous

235   Certain claims for damages prohibited

235A   Records

> > (1)  The Secretary is to cause to be kept a record of—
> > 
> > > (a)  every application for an opal prospecting licence that is made, and
> > 
> > > (b)  every opal prospecting licence that is granted or cancelled, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the amendment of any opal prospecting licence, and
> > 
> > > (d)  the variation of any opal prospecting licence.
> 
> > (2)  The record must be kept in the approved form and must contain the particulars prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  The record must be kept available for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public at such office or offices of the Department as the Secretary determines.
> 
> **s 235A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[120\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[198\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[75\].

235B   (Repealed)

**s 235B:** Ins 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[30\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[198\].

235C   Rights of way

> > (1)  The holder of an opal prospecting licence is entitled to a right of way (to be indicated or described in the manner prescribed by the regulations) between the opal prospecting block and a public road.
> 
> > (2)  The route of a right of way—
> > 
> > > (a)  should, wherever practicable, follow the route of existing roads or tracks (particularly, in the case of land in the Western Division, those the subject of special easements under Part 6 of Schedule 3 to the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058)), and
> > 
> > > (b)  must accord with the provisions of any registered access management plan applying to the land.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of the opal prospecting licence—
> > 
> > > (a)  must ensure that substantial gates or grids (or, if the landholder of the land so requires, gates and grids), that comply with subsection (4), are placed wherever fences are intersected by the right of way, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if those fences are rabbit-proof, marsupial-proof or dog-proof fences, must ensure that rabbit-proof, marsupial-proof or dog-proof gates are placed at all such intersections.
> 
> > (4)  Any such gate or grid must be of a design and construction that is adequate to prevent stock from straying.
> 
> > (5)  The costs of installing and maintaining any gates or grids required by this section are to be borne by the holder of the opal prospecting licence.
> 
> > (6)  Subject to any determination by the Land and Environment Court, a right of way is subject to such conditions as to its exercise, and to such exceptions as to the land over which it may be exercised—
> > 
> > > (a)  as may be prescribed by the regulations, or
> > 
> > > (b)  as may be specified in any registered access management plan applying to the land.
> 
> > (7)  If a dispute arises as to the exercise of a right of way, any party to the dispute may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination of the matter.
> 
> > (8)  The conditions imposed by the Land and Environment Court under subsection (7) must not be inconsistent with the conditions specified in any registered access management plan applying to the land.
> 
> > (9)    (Repealed)
> 
> Maximum penalty (subsection (3)): 50 penalty units.
> 
> **s 235C:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[31\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[199\] \[200\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[26\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[8\].

235D   Opal prospecting area management fund

> > (1)  For each opal prospecting area there is to be established an area management fund into which are to be paid—
> > 
> > > (a)  all levies paid in accordance with a condition referred to in section 223A (2) (c) in respect of opal prospecting licences granted over land within the area, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the proceeds of investment of money in the fund, and
> > 
> > > (c)  such other money as is required or permitted to be paid into the fund.
> 
> > (2)  Money in any such fund may be used—
> > 
> > > (a)  for any purpose specified in a condition referred to in section 223A (2) (c) as a purpose for which levies referred to in that paragraph may be applied, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to cover the costs of administering the fund.
> 
> > (3)  Money received for payment into a fund established under this section is to be paid into an account kept, for the purposes of the fund, in an authorised deposit-taking institution.
> 
> > (4)  A fund established under this section in relation to an opal prospecting area is to be administered by the Secretary.
> 
> **s 235D:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[31\].

235E   Pending applications

> For the purposes of this Act, an application for an opal prospecting licence is pending from the time it is lodged under this Act until the time it is finally disposed of.
> 
> **s 235E:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[31\].

235F   Registration of certain interests in opal prospecting licences

> > (1)  The Secretary is to keep a register of legal and equitable interests in opal prospecting licences.
> 
> > (2)  Any person claiming a legal or equitable interest in an opal prospecting licence may apply for registration of the interest.
> 
> > (3)  An application must be lodged with the Secretary and must be accompanied by the application fee prescribed by the regulations and by documentary evidence of the legal or equitable interest concerned.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary may, if satisfied that the applicant holds the interest concerned, register the document by which the legal or equitable interest is evidenced.
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may, on application by the holder of an interest or otherwise, make such amendments to the register kept under this section as are appropriate to reflect dealings in the interest.
> 
> > (6)  Without limiting the generality of subsection (5), the Secretary may cancel the registration of an interest if of the opinion that the interest has ceased to exist.
> 
> > (7)  The registration of an interest under this section is not to be taken to be evidence of the existence of the interest.
> 
> > (8)  For the purposes of any legal proceedings concerning an opal prospecting licence—
> > 
> > > (a)  a registered interest has priority over an interest that is not registered, and
> > 
> > > (b)  an earlier registered interest has priority over a later registered interest.
> 
> > (9)  The register must be kept available at such offices of the Department as may be prescribed by the regulations for inspection, free of charge, by members of the public.
> 
> **s 235F:** Ins 2010 No 57, Sch 1.15 \[2\]. Am 2011 No 27, Sch 2.32 \[1\].

236   (Repealed)

**s 236:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[201\].

Part 10A Access management plans for small-scale titles

**pt 10A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236A   Application of Part

> > (1)  This Part applies to mineral claims and opal prospecting licences (referred to collectively as small-scale titles) with respect to land within an access management area.
> 
> > (2)  This Part does not require an access management plan in respect of a landholder who is a native title holder if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the small-scale title concerned was granted or renewed after compliance with Subdivision P of Division 3 of Part 2 of the Commonwealth Native Title Act, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the grant or renewal of the title was not an act that attracted the expedited procedure under and within the meaning of that Subdivision.
> 
> > (3)  This Part does not apply if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the small-scale title concerned was granted or renewed after compliance with a registered indigenous land use agreement under the Commonwealth Native Title Act, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the agreement provides that an access management plan is not required under this Part in respect of a landholder who is a native title holder.
> 
> **s 236A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236B   Declared areas

> The Secretary may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land within a mineral claims district or opal prospecting area as an access management area and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the area and fix its boundaries.
> 
> **s 236B:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236C   Alternative procedures for making access management plan

> An access management plan for land within an access management area—
> 
> > (a)  may be agreed between a miners’ representative and the landholder, or
> 
> > (b)  may be determined by the Secretary or the Land and Environment Court in accordance with this Part,
> 
> either before or after small-scale titles are granted in relation to the land.
> 
> **s 236C:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[202\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\].

236D   Matters for which access management plan to provide

> > (1)  An access management plan may make provision for or with respect to the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)  the rights of access that the holder of a small-scale title has in relation to the land to which the plan applies, including rights in relation to—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  access points to the land, and
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  routes of access across the land, and
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  the manner in which, and the times at which, rights of access may be exercised,
> > 
> > > (b)  the conditions to which the holder of a small-scale title is subject in relation to his or her exercise of any such right of access, including conditions in relation to—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  maintaining routes of access, and
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  preserving the safety of persons and stock, and
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  avoiding interference with the land management practices being adopted in relation to the land affected by the right of way, and
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  environmental protection,
> > 
> > > (c)  the manner of resolving any dispute arising in connection with the plan,
> > 
> > > (d)  the manner of varying or replacing the plan,
> > 
> > > (e)  such other matters as the parties to the plan may agree to include in the plan.
> 
> > (2)  In the event of an inconsistency between—
> > 
> > > (a)  a provision of an access management plan, and
> > 
> > > (b)  a provision of this Act, the regulations or a condition of a small-scale title,
> > 
> > the provision referred to in paragraph (b) prevails.
> 
> **ss 236D–236F:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236E   Miners’ representative to seek access management plan

> > (1)  A miners’ representative may, by written notice served on a landholder, give notice of his or her intention to negotiate an access management plan in respect of the land.
> 
> > (2)  The notice of intention to negotiate an access management plan must, in addition to stating that intention, contain—
> > 
> > > (a)  a plan and description of the area of land over which the access is sought, sufficient to enable the ready identification of that area, and
> > 
> > > (b)  a description of the mining or prospecting methods intended to be used in that area.
> 
> > (3)  The miners’ representative and the landholder may agree in writing on an access management plan.
> 
> > (4)  An access management plan so agreed must be lodged with the Secretary for registration.
> 
> **ss 236D–236F:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236F   Determination of access management plan by Secretary

> > (1)  If the miners’ representative and the landholder are unable to agree on an access management plan within 60 days after notice of intention to negotiate such a plan is served under section 236E, either of them—
> > 
> > > (a)  may apply to the Secretary for a determination under this section, and
> > 
> > > (b)  in that event, must cause a copy of the application to be served on the other.
> 
> > (2)  On receiving such an application, the Secretary may determine an access management plan for the land concerned.
> 
> > (3)  Before making a determination under this section, the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  must consult with the miners’ representative and the landholder concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must give full consideration to any submissions arising from the consultation process.
> 
> > (4)  On making a determination under this section, the Secretary must cause copies of the determination to be served on the landholder and the miners’ representative.
> 
> > (5)  At any time after receiving an application for determination of an access management plan, the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  may decline to make such a determination, either generally or in relation to any particular matter, and
> > 
> > > (b)  in that event, must cause written notice of that fact to be served on the miners’ representative and the landholder.
> 
> **ss 236D–236F:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236G   Determination of access management plan by Land and Environment Court

> > (1)  If the Secretary has declined to make a determination under section 236F, either generally or in relation to a particular matter, either the landholder or the miners’ representative—
> > 
> > > (a)  may apply to the Land and Environment Court for a determination under this section, either generally or in relation to that matter, as the case may be, and
> > 
> > > (b)  in that event, must cause copies of the application to be served on the landholder or miner’s representative, as the case requires, and on the Secretary.
> 
> > (2)  On receiving such an application, the Land and Environment Court is to determine an access management plan for the land concerned, as required by the application.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary is not a party to the proceedings before the Land and Environment Court, but may nevertheless make written submissions to the Court in relation to the proposed determination.
> 
> > (4)  In making a decision under this section, the Land and Environment Court must give consideration to any submissions made by the Secretary under subsection (3).
> 
> > (5)  On making a determination under this section, the Land and Environment Court is to cause copies of the determination to be served on the landholder and the miners’ representative.
> 
> > (6)  Each party to proceedings under this section is to bear his or her own costs in relation to the proceedings.
> 
> **s 236G:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[203\]. Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[27\].

236H   Review of Secretary’s determination

> > (1)  An application for the review of an access management plan determined under section 236F may be made to the Land and Environment Court by either the landholder or the miners’ representative (the parties to the determination).
> 
> > (2)  An application—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be accompanied by a copy of the determination to which it relates, together with a copy of any access management plan forming part of the determination, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must be filed in the Land and Environment Court within 14 days after a copy of the determination was served on the applicant.
> 
> > (3)  The applicant must cause a copy of the application to be served on the Secretary and on each of the other parties to the determination.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary is not a party to the proceedings before the Land and Environment Court, but may nevertheless make written submissions to the Court in relation to the determination under review.
> 
> > (5)  In making a decision under this section, the Land and Environment Court must give consideration to any submissions made by the Secretary under subsection (4).
> 
> > (6)  The decision of the Land and Environment Court on a review of a determination is final and is to be given effect to as if it were the determination of the Secretary under section 236F.
> 
> > (7)  Each party to proceedings under this section is to bear his or her own costs in relation to the proceedings.
> 
> **s 236H:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\]. Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[27\].

236I   Registration of access management plans

> > (1)  An access management plan agreed under section 236E or determined under section 236G must be registered by the Secretary as soon as practicable after it is lodged for registration.
> 
> > (2)  An access management plan determined under section 236F must be registered by the Secretary—
> > 
> > > (a)  as soon as practicable after the expiry of the 14-day period referred to in section 236H (2) (b), or
> > 
> > > (b)  if an application for a review of the determination is made to the Land and Environment Court within that period, as soon as practicable after the Court makes its decision on the application.
> 
> **s 236I:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\]. Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[28\].

236J   Public notice of access management plans

> > (1)  As soon as practicable after registering an access management plan, the Secretary must cause notice of that fact to be published in a local newspaper circulating in the area in which the land is situated.
> 
> > (2)  The notice must identify the land to which the access management plan relates and indicate where copies of the access management plan may be inspected or purchased.
> 
> > (3)  Copies of each registered access management plan must be kept available for inspection or purchase at the place or places indicated in the notice.
> 
> **s 236J:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236K   Commencement and operation of access management plan

> > (1)  An access management plan takes effect on the date on which notice of its registration is published under section 236J or on such later date as may be specified in the plan in that regard.
> 
> > (2)  An access management plan does not apply to land within the claim area under a mineral claim, but does apply to land within an opal prospecting block.
> 
> > (3)  An access management plan does not affect any right of way to which the holder of a small-scale title was entitled under section 211 or 235C immediately before the plan took effect, and does not affect any conditions imposed under section 211 or 235C on any such right of access.
> 
> > (4)  Subsection (3) ceases to have effect in relation to a small-scale title when the small-scale title ceases to have effect, and is not continued by any renewal of the small-scale title.
> 
> > (5)  A later registered access management plan prevails over an earlier registered access management plan to the extent to which they relate to the same land.
> 
> **s 236K:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

236L   Replacement of access management plans

> > (1)  An access management plan may, subject to its provisions, be replaced by a new access management plan with respect to the same land.
> 
> > (2)  Despite subsection (1), an access management plan under section 236G or 236H may not be replaced by a new access management plan with respect to the same land except by leave of the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> **s 236L:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\]. Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[29\].

236M   Duration of access management plans

> An access management plan does not run with the land and, unless sooner terminated, terminates—
> 
> > (a)  if a landholder of the land to which it relates ceases to be a landholder of the land, or
> 
> > (b)  on the death of a landholder of the land to which it relates.
> 
> **s 236M:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[32\].

Part 11 Protection of the environment

Divisions 1, 2

237–239  (Repealed)

**pt 11, div 1:** Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[76\].

**s 237:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[121\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[76\].

**pt 11, div 2:** Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[76\].

**s 238:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[121\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[76\].

**s 239:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[121\]; 1999 No 96, Sch 3 \[1\] \[2\]; 2005 No 43, Sch 7.11 \[5\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[76\].

Division 3 Environmental, rehabilitation and other directions

**pt 11, div 3, hdg:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[205\].

239E   Interpretation

> > (1)  In this Division—
> > 
> > authorisation includes a mining sublease and (except in sections 240 (4) and 240AA) an authorisation that has ceased to have effect.
> > 
> > authorised person means—
> > 
> > > (a)  a person engaged in connection with the taking of steps under section 241 (1), or
> > 
> > > (b)  the Secretary, or
> > 
> > > (c)  a person authorised in writing by the Secretary for the purposes of this Division, or
> > 
> > > (d)  an inspector.
> > 
> > mining sublease includes a mining sublease that has ceased to have effect.
> > 
> > responsible person means—
> > 
> > > (a)  in relation to an authorisation that is in force—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  a holder of the authorisation, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  in the case of a mining lease or registered mining sublease that authorises the holder to mine for coal or carry out ancillary mining activities connected with the land—a person who is the mine operator of the mine concerned within the meaning of the [Work Health and Safety (Mines and Petroleum Sites) Act 2013](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2013-054), or
> > 
> > > (b)  in relation to an authorisation that has ceased to be in force—a person who was a responsible person, in relation to that authorisation, immediately before the authorisation ceased to be in force.
> 
> > (2)  In this Division, a reference to giving a direction or notice to a responsible person includes, where the responsible person is a corporation that is subject to a scheme of arrangement, receivership, winding up or other external administration, a reference to giving a direction or notice to the administrator, receiver or liquidator of the corporation.
> 
> **s 239E:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Am 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[2\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[77\] \[78\].

240   Directions

> > (1)  The Secretary or an inspector may, by written notice, direct a responsible person in relation to an authorisation to do any one or more of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  to give effect to a condition of an authorisation (except a condition requiring payment of royalty or provision or maintenance of a security deposit),
> > 
> > > (b)  to address any adverse impact that activities carried out under, or purportedly carried out under, an authorisation have had on any aspect of the environment,
> > 
> > > (c)  to address a risk of there being such an impact,
> > 
> > > (d)  to conserve the environment, protect it from harm as a result of activities under the authorisation or to prevent, control or mitigate any such harm,
> > 
> > > (e)  to rehabilitate land or water that is or may be affected by activities under the authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  A direction may require a responsible person to carry out or stop carrying out particular activities, carry out activities in a particular manner or achieve specified outcomes, within such period (if any) as is specified in the direction or any condition specified in the direction.
> 
> > (2A)  A direction served on a person under this Division may require the person to prepare, and submit to the Secretary or inspector, reports as to any of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the measures the person proposes to take for the purpose of complying with the direction,
> > 
> > > (b)  the progress made by the person in implementing any such measures.
> 
> > (3)  However, a direction to a responsible person in the person’s capacity as the holder of a mining sublease may only impose requirements relating to activities under the sublease or in relation to the sublease area.
> 
> > (4)  If a direction is issued to a person who is not the holder of the authorisation to which the direction relates, the Secretary must cause a copy of the direction to be served on the holder within 5 days after the direction is issued.
> 
> **s 240:** Am 2000 No 90, Schs 1.1 \[9\], 2.1 \[31\] \[32\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[79\] \[80\].

240A   Prohibition notices

> > (1)  If the Secretary or an inspector reasonably suspects that a person who is not the holder of an authorisation is carrying out, or is about to carry out, any activity in contravention of a provision of this Act requiring an authorisation to be held when carrying out the activity, the Secretary or inspector may direct the person to discontinue that activity on the land specified in the notice.
> 
> > (1A)  If the Secretary or an inspector reasonably suspects that a person is carrying out, or is about to carry out, an activity in contravention of section 6 (Unauthorised carrying out of designated ancillary mining activities), the Secretary or inspector may direct the person to discontinue that activity.
> 
> > (2)  The direction may be given orally, but must be confirmed by written notice (a prohibition notice) issued to the person as soon as practicable.
> 
> > (3)  A prohibition notice must state—
> > 
> > > (a)  the reasons for the issue of the prohibition notice, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the activity concerned, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the provision of this Act that the Secretary or inspector believes is being, or is likely to be, contravened by that activity.
> 
> **s 240A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[81\]. Am 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[9\].

240AA   Direction to suspend operations

> > (1)  The Secretary may, by written notice (a suspension notice), direct a responsible person to suspend (for such period as is specified in the direction or until further notice) all, or any specified, operations under an authorisation or suspend any activity approval relating to the operations if the Secretary considers that—
> > 
> > > (a)  circumstances exist that could constitute a ground for cancellation of the authorisation under section 125 (1) (b)–(g), 203 (1) (b)–(e) or (h) or 233 (1) (b)–(d), or
> > 
> > > (b)  circumstances exist that could constitute a ground for cancellation of the authorisation under section 125 (1) (h), 203 (1) (i) or 233 (1) (f), in relation to a breach of a direction under section 240 only, or
> > 
> > > (c)  on any other ground specified in the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  Before giving a suspension notice, the Secretary is to—
> > 
> > > (a)  cause written notice of the proposed suspension notice and the grounds for it to be served on the holder of the authorisation, and
> > 
> > > (b)  give the holder a reasonable opportunity to make representations with respect to the proposed suspension notice, and
> > 
> > > (c)  take any such representations into consideration.
> 
> > (3)  The suspension notice takes effect on the date on which it is given to the holder of the authorisation or on a later date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (4)  The suspension of an authorisation does not affect any liability incurred by the holder of the authorisation before the suspension took effect.
> 
> > (5)  The holder of an authorisation is not entitled to compensation merely because of the suspension of operations under the authorisation in accordance with a suspension notice.
> 
> > (6)  If a suspension notice under this section is issued to a person who is not the current holder of the authorisation concerned, the Secretary must cause a copy of the notice to be served on any current holder within 5 days after the notice is issued.
> 
> > (7)  A direction served on a person under this section may require the person to prepare, and submit to the Secretary or inspector, reports as to any of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the measures the person proposes to take for the purpose of complying with the direction,
> > 
> > > (b)  the progress made by the person in implementing any such measures.
> 
> > (8)  Any costs or expenses incurred by the Crown under this section are a debt due to the Crown by the person on whom the direction was served and are recoverable in a court of competent jurisdiction.
> 
> **s 240AA:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[81\].

240B   Revocation or variation

> > (1)  A direction under this Division may be revoked or varied by a subsequent direction issued in accordance with this Division.
> 
> > (2)  A direction may be varied by modification of, or addition to, its terms and specifications or any condition specified in the direction.
> 
> > (3)  Without limiting the above, a direction may be varied by extending the time for complying with the direction or the period of suspension.
> 
> **s 240B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[82\] \[83\].

240C   Breach of direction or notice

> If a person fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with a direction or notice under this Division—
> 
> > (a)  the person to whom the direction or notice was issued, and
> 
> > (b)  the holder of the authorisation to which the direction or notice relates (if not the person to whom the direction or notice was issued),
> 
> are each guilty of an offence.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> Note—
> 
> An offence against this section committed by a corporation is an executive liability offence attracting executive liability for a director or other person involved in the management of the corporation—see section 378F.
> 
> **s 240C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[7\]; 2012 No 97, Sch 1.25 \[1\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[84\].

240D   Effect of direction

> The issuing of a direction under this Division does not affect—
> 
> > (a)  the liability of any person to any penalty for an offence in relation to an authorisation, or
> 
> > (b)  the amount of security deposit that is or may be required under an authorisation, or
> 
> > (c)  the operation of any other provision of this Act or the regulations that requires or enables other action to be taken in relation to any contravention or other circumstances to which the direction relates.
> 
> Note—
> 
> For example, the issuing of a direction does not affect the power to cancel an authority under Division 3 of Part 7.
> 
> **s 240D:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[85\]; 2016 No 27, Sch 1.16 \[2\].

240E   Fee

> > (1)  The purpose of this section is to enable the recovery of the administrative costs of preparing and issuing a direction under this Division (not including a direction that varies an earlier direction under this Division).
> 
> > (2)  A person to whom a direction is issued must within 30 days pay the fee prescribed by the regulations to the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  A fee payable under this section is a debt due by the holder of the authorisation concerned to the Crown and is recoverable in a court of competent jurisdiction.
> 
> **s 240E:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[206\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[86\].

241   Rehabilitation by Minister at holder’s expense

> > (1)  If a person on whom a direction is served under this Division does not comply with the direction, the Minister may take any action necessary to give effect to the direction.
> 
> > (2)  Any costs or expenses incurred by the Crown under this section are a debt due to the Crown by the person on whom the direction was served and are recoverable in a court of competent jurisdiction.
> 
> > (3)  An authorised person may enter any land and do anything that in the person’s opinion is necessary for or in connection with the taking of that action (including gaining access from that land to other land).
> 
> > (4)  However, an authorised person must not enter land unless the person—
> > 
> > > (a)  has given the occupier of the land reasonable notice of the person’s intention to do so, and
> > 
> > > (b)  enters the land at a reasonable time (except in the case of an emergency), and
> > 
> > > (c)  uses no more force than is reasonably necessary to effect entry, and
> > 
> > > (d)  before entering any premises on the land that are used only for residential purposes, has obtained the permission of the occupier of those premises.
> 
> > (5)  A person who suffers damage caused by the taking of any action under this section is entitled to be paid reasonable compensation by the person who failed to comply with the direction (as referred to in subsection (1)).
> 
> > (6)  Division 3 of Part 13 and Part 15 apply (with such modifications as may be prescribed by the regulations) to that compensation as if it were compensation payable for a compensable loss (within the meaning of Division 3 of Part 13).
> 
> **s 241:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[207\] 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[16\]–\[18\].

242   Recovery of costs of rehabilitation

> > (1)  In any proceedings for the recovery of a debt due to the Crown under this Division, a certificate that is signed by the Minister and that states that a specified amount is the amount of the debt so due is admissible in evidence in all courts and is evidence of that fact.
> 
> > (2)  A debt due to the Crown under this Division is recoverable whether or not the person by whom it is due is prosecuted or convicted of an offence under this Division.

242AA   Prior notice of direction under section 240 or 240A not required

> A person who gives a direction under section 240 or 240A is not required to notify any person who may be affected by the direction before giving the direction.
> 
> **s 242AA:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[87\]. Am 2016 No 27, Sch 1.16 \[3\].

Division 3A Derelict mine sites

**pt 11, div 3A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[208\].

242A   Declaration of derelict mine sites

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, declare as a derelict mine site any land that, in the opinion of the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  was used for, or has been affected by, mining operations or prospecting operations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  has been abandoned.
> 
> > (2)  The declaration is to identify the land with reasonable particularity.
> 
> > (3)  In making the declaration, the Minister is to have regard to any matters that are prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (4)  The Minister may declare land as a derelict mine site whether or not it is possible to identify or locate the landholder or the holder of an authorisation under which operations referred to in subsection (1) (a) were carried out.
> 
> > (5)  A declaration cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than 3 months after the order is published in the Gazette.
> 
> > (6)  Subsection (5) has effect despite the provisions of any other Act or law, but does not apply so as to affect any appeal from proceedings commenced within 3 months after the declaration is published in the Gazette.
> 
> **s 242A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[208\].

242B   Rehabilitation of derelict mine site

> > (1)  The Secretary may cause steps to be taken to have a derelict mine site fully or partially rehabilitated and may, for that purpose, enter into contracts or agreements.
> 
> > (2)  An authorised person may enter any land and do anything that in the person’s opinion is necessary for or in connection with the rehabilitation (including gaining access to other land from that land).
> 
> > (3)  However, an authorised person must not enter land unless the person—
> > 
> > > (a)  has given the occupier of the land reasonable notice of the person’s intention to do so, and
> > 
> > > (b)  enters the land at a reasonable time (except in the case of an emergency), and
> > 
> > > (c)  uses no more force than is reasonably necessary to effect entry.
> 
> > (4)  A landholder who suffers damage caused by an authorised person entering the landholder’s land under this section is entitled to be paid reasonable compensation by the Crown unless the landholder obstructed, hindered or restricted the authorised person’s entry.
> 
> > (5)  Division 3 of Part 13 and Part 15 apply (with such modifications as may be prescribed by the regulations) to that compensation as if it were compensation payable for a compensable loss (within the meaning of Division 3 of Part 13).
> 
> > (6)  In this section—
> > 
> > authorised person means—
> > 
> > > (a)  a person engaged in connection with the taking of steps under subsection (1), or
> > 
> > > (b)  the Secretary, or
> > 
> > > (c)  a person authorised in writing by the Secretary for the purposes of this section, or
> > 
> > > (d)  an inspector.
> > 
> > landholder includes a secondary landholder.
> 
> **s 242B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[208\] (am 2010 No 29, Sch 2 \[2\]).

242C   Derelict Mine Sites Fund

> > (1)  There is established in the Special Deposits Account the Derelict Mine Sites Fund.
> 
> > (2)  Money in the Fund is under the control of the Secretary and may be spent by the Secretary only for the purposes authorised by this section.
> 
> > (3)  There is to be paid into the Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  the balance of any money received from the sale of mining plant under section 246 after all deductions have been made in accordance with that section, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the proceeds of investment of money in the Fund, and
> > 
> > > (c)  money obtained under a security deposit that is payable into the Fund under section 261F or 261G, and
> > 
> > > (c1)  any money paid into the Fund from the Minerals and Petroleum Administrative Fund maintained under Part 14B, and
> > 
> > > (d)  any other money that is appropriated by Parliament for the purposes of the Fund, that is required by law to be paid into the Fund or that the Minister has approved being paid into the Fund.
> 
> > (4)  Subject to the regulations, there may be paid out of the Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  compensation payable to a landholder under section 242B, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any other costs associated with the rehabilitation of derelict mine sites under this Division, as determined by the Secretary.
> 
> **s 242C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[208\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[19\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[88\].

Division 4 Directions to remove mining plant

243   Application of Division

> This Division applies to land that ceases to be subject to an authorisation.
> 
> **s 243:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[209\].

244   Definitions

> In this Division—
> 
> landholder of land means the owner of an estate in fee simple of the land, the controlling body in relation to reserved land or the holder, over or in the land, of—
> 
> > (a)  a lease or licence under the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058), or
> 
> > (b)  any continued incomplete tenure purchase within the meaning of Schedule 1 to the [Crown Land Management Act 2016](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2016-058).
> 
> mining plant means any building, plant, machinery, equipment, tools or other property that has been used for prospecting, mining or ancillary mining activities, whether or not affixed to land, but does not include any timber or other material used or applied in the construction or support of any shaft, drive, gallery, adit, terrace, race, dam or other mining work.
> 
> prescribed period, in relation to land that has ceased to be subject to an authorisation, means the period of 6 months from the date on which the land ceased to be subject to the authorisation or any longer period that the Minister may, in any particular case, allow.
> 
> **s 244:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[210\]–\[212\]; 2014 No 1, Sch 2 \[2\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[89\]; 2017 No 17, Sch 2.12 \[9\].

245   Clearing away of mining plant

> > (1)  The holder of an authority or mineral claim over land that ceases to be subject to the authority or claim—
> > 
> > > (a)  may, within the prescribed period, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must, if directed to do so by the Minister by notice in writing, within the period specified in the notice,
> > 
> > cause to be removed from the land any mining plant brought onto, or erected on, that land in the course of mining operations carried out under the authority or claim.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may give a direction under this section even though the prescribed period has not expired.

246   Sale of mining plant

> > (1)  If mining plant is not duly removed under this Division, the Minister may direct that the mining plant be sold by public auction.
> 
> > (2)  Any mining plant remaining unsold after the public auction held may be sold by private treaty.
> 
> > (3)  The following amounts are to be deducted from the proceeds of any such sale—
> > 
> > > (a)  the costs of the sale and of any matter incidental to or connected with the sale,
> > 
> > > (b)  the costs of removing from the land concerned any mining plant remaining unsold after the public auction,
> > 
> > > (c)  any amount owing in respect of compensation for compensable loss within the meaning of Division 1 of Part 13,
> > 
> > > (d)  any other amount that the Secretary certifies to be a deductible amount.
> 
> > (4)  Any balance remaining is to be paid to the Chief Commissioner of Unclaimed Money as unclaimed money, and section 10 (2) and Part 4 of the [Unclaimed Money Act 1995](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1995-075) apply to the balance so paid as they would have applied had the balance been paid to the Chief Commissioner under section 10 of that Act.
> 
> > (5)  If the proceeds of sale are less than the amounts to be deducted, the proceeds are to be applied in meeting those amounts in such manner as the Minister directs.
> 
> **s 246:** Am 1995 No 75, Sch 1.

Division 5 Rehabilitation and environmental management plans

**pt 11, div 5, hdg:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

Division 6 Audits

**pt 11, div 6:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246M   Relationship of this Division to other provisions

> This Division does not affect any other provision of this Act that—
> 
> > (a)  enables an authorisation to be subject to a condition requiring monitoring or reporting, or
> 
> > (b)  relates to functions exercisable by persons for the purpose of auditing compliance with this Act, the regulations or conditions of authorisations.
> 
> **ss 246M–246O:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246N   Nature of audit

> An audit under this Division is a periodic or particular documented evaluation of prospecting or mining operations (including management practices, systems and plant) for any one or more of the following purposes—
> 
> > (a)  to provide information on compliance or otherwise with obligations under the authorisation or other related legal requirements under this or any other law (including in relation to the protection of the environment from the impacts of, or the rehabilitation of land affected by, activities under the authorisation),
> 
> > (b)  to provide information on compliance or otherwise with codes of practice or policies relevant to the authorisation,
> 
> > (c)  to enable a determination of whether the way activities are being carried out under the authorisation can be improved in order to protect the environment.
> 
> **ss 246M–246O:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246O   Accreditation and regulation of auditors

> The regulations may make provision for or with respect to either or both of the following—
> 
> > (a)  the accreditation of auditors for the purposes of this Division,
> 
> > (b)  the carrying out of audits by auditors.
> 
> **ss 246M–246O:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246P   Conditions for mandatory audits

> > (1)  A condition that requires one or more mandatory audits to be undertaken, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, for any one or more of the purposes referred to in section 246N (a mandatory audit condition) may be imposed by the decision-maker on an authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  A mandatory audit condition must specify the purpose or purposes of the audit.
> 
> > (3)  A mandatory audit condition may require any one or more of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  appointment of an auditor to undertake the audit,
> > 
> > > (b)  approval by the Secretary of the auditor before being appointed,
> > 
> > > (c)  preparation of particular written documentation during the course of the audit,
> > 
> > > (d)  preparation of an audit report,
> > 
> > > (e)  production to the Secretary of the audit report.
> 
> > (4)  A mandatory audit condition may also—
> > 
> > > (a)  specify the format and level of detail required for the audit, or
> > 
> > > (b)  require the auditor to submit the proposed format and level of detail to the Secretary for approval.
> 
> > (5)  A mandatory audit condition may be varied or revoked by written notice served on the holder of the authorisation.
> 
> > (6)  A condition imposed under this section takes effect on the date on which written notice of the condition is served on the holder of the authorisation or on any later date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (7)  This section does not affect the operation of the following provisions of the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203)—
> > 
> > > (a)  section 89K (Approvals etc legislation that must be applied consistently),
> > 
> > > (b)  section 93 (Granting and modification of approval by approval body),
> > 
> > > (c)  section 115ZH (Approvals etc legislation that must be applied consistently).
> 
> **s 246P:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[90\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[10\] .

246Q   Certification of audit report

> The audit report for a mandatory audit is taken not to have been duly produced to the Secretary unless it is accompanied by—
> 
> > (a)  a declaration signed by the holder of the authorisation certifying that the holder has not knowingly provided any false or misleading information to the auditor and has provided all relevant information to the auditor, and
> 
> > (b)  a declaration signed by the auditor—
> > 
> > > (i)  setting out the auditor’s qualifications, and
> > 
> > > (ii)  certifying that the report is accurate, and that the auditor has not knowingly included any false or misleading information in it or failed to include any relevant information in it.
> 
> **ss 246Q–246U:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246R   Offences relating to audit information

> > (1)  A person who provides information to an auditor in connection with a mandatory audit, knowing the information to be false or misleading in a material respect, is guilty of an offence.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an authorisation who fails to provide information to an auditor in connection with a mandatory audit being carried out in relation to the authorisation, knowing the information to be materially relevant to the audit, is guilty of an offence.
> 
> > (3)  An auditor who includes information in an audit report produced to the Secretary in connection with a mandatory audit, knowing the information to be false or misleading in a material respect, is guilty of an offence.
> 
> > (4)  An auditor who fails to provide information in an audit report produced to the Secretary in connection with a mandatory audit, knowing the information to be materially relevant to the audit, is guilty of an offence.
> 
> > (5)  The holder of an authorisation who—
> > 
> > > (a)  fails to retain any written documentation required to be prepared by the holder in connection with a mandatory audit for a period of at least 5 years after the audit report concerned was produced to the Secretary (or such other period as is prescribed by the regulations), or
> > 
> > > (b)  fails to produce during that period any such documentation to the Secretary on request,
> > 
> > is guilty of an offence.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—1,000 penalty units, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—500 penalty units.
> 
> **ss 246Q–246U:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246S   Self-incriminatory information not exempt

> Information must be supplied by a person in connection with a mandatory audit, and this Division applies to any such information that is supplied, whether or not the information might incriminate the person.
> 
> **ss 246Q–246U:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246T   Use of information

> > (1)  Any information in an audit report or other documentation supplied to the Secretary in connection with a mandatory audit may be supplied by the Secretary to, and taken into consideration by, any person who has functions under this Act, the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203) or the environment protection legislation and may be used by that person for the purposes of those laws.
> 
> > (2)  Without limiting subsection (1)—
> > 
> > > (a)  the Secretary is authorised, despite any other Act or law, to provide a relevant agency with any such information, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any such information is admissible in evidence in any prosecution of the holder of an authorisation for any offence (whether under this Act or otherwise).
> 
> > (3)  In this section, relevant agency means the Department, or a public authority engaged in administering or executing the environment protection legislation, the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203) or such other legislation, if any, as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **ss 246Q–246U:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246U   Nature of voluntary audit

> > (1)  For the purposes of this Division, a voluntary audit is an audit commissioned or carried out voluntarily, whether or not in relation to activities carried out under an authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  An audit is not voluntary if there is a contemporaneous requirement for a mandatory audit in relation to the same or substantially the same activity or other matter and the audits are to be carried out by the same person.
> 
> **ss 246Q–246U:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

246V   Protected documents

> > (1)  Documents prepared for the sole purpose of a voluntary audit are protected documents for the purposes of this Act.
> 
> > (2)  The protected documents include the final report of the audit and any documents prepared during the course of the audit for the sole purpose of the audit.
> 
> > (3)  Without affecting the generality of subsection (1) or (2), documents are not protected if they are prepared wholly or partly in connection with monitoring or reporting that is required by any conditions of an authorisation or by a direction under section 240 or 240AA.
> 
> **s 246V:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[91\].

246W   Nature of protection

> > (1)  A protected document—
> > 
> > > (a)  is not admissible in evidence against any person in any proceedings connected with the administration or enforcement of this Act, the environment protection legislation or such other legislation, if any, as may be prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must not be inspected, copied, seized or otherwise obtained by the Department, any authority prescribed by the regulations or by any other person for any purpose connected with such administration or enforcement.
> 
> > (2)  Neither the Department, a prescribed authority nor any other person may, for the purpose referred to in subsection (1) (b), require a person to answer any question or provide any information about the existence of the document or about what it contains.
> 
> > (3)  The onus of establishing that a document is a protected document lies on the person asserting that it is protected.
> 
> > (4)  A court may inspect any document that is claimed to be a protected document for the purpose of determining whether it is or is not a protected document.
> 
> > (5)  The regulations may prescribe procedures for making and determining claims that a document is a protected document.
> 
> **s 246W:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\] (am 2009 No 106, Sch 2.21).

246X   Lifting of protection

> > (1)  Documents prepared in relation to a voluntary audit cease to be protected if the person asserting or relying on the protection uses or relies on (or attempts to use or rely on) the whole or any part of one or more of the documents, whether directly or indirectly, in any proceedings connected with the administration or enforcement of this Act, the environment protection legislation or such other legislation, if any, as may be prescribed.
> 
> > (2)  This section does not apply where the person is using or relying on (or attempting to use or rely on) a document for the purpose of establishing that the document is protected.
> 
> **s 246X:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[213\].

Part 12 Powers of entry and inspection

**pt 12, hdg:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[214\].

Division 1 Preliminary

**pt 12, div 1:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

247   Purposes for which powers under Part may be exercised

> Powers may be exercised under this Part for the following purposes—
> 
> > (a)  for determining whether there has been compliance with or a contravention of this Act or the regulations or any authorisation, direction, notice or requirement issued or made under this Act,
> 
> > (b)  for obtaining information or records for purposes connected with the administration of this Act,
> 
> > (c)  generally for administering this Act.
> 
> **s 247:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[6\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

247A   (Repealed)

**s 247A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[91\]. Am 2000 No 90, Schs 1.1 \[6\], 2.1 \[33\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248   Effect on other functions

> Nothing in this Part—
> 
> > (a)  affects any function under any other Part of this Act or under any other Act, or
> 
> > (b)  limits the conditions that may be attached to an authorisation.
> 
> **s 248:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[92\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

Division 1A Powers to require information and records

**pt 12, div 1A (ss 248A, 248B):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248A   Application of Division

> This Division applies whether or not a power of entry under Division 1B is being or has been exercised.
> 
> **pt 12, div 1A (ss 248A, 248B):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248B   Requirement to provide information and records

> > (1)  An inspector may, by written notice given to a person, require the person to furnish to the inspector such information or records (or both) as the inspector requires by the notice in connection with any matter relating to the administration of this Act.
> 
> > (2)  The notice must specify the manner in which the information or records are required to be furnished and a reasonable time by which the information or records are required to be furnished.
> 
> > (3)  If a record required to be furnished under the notice is in electronic, mechanical or other form, the notice requires the record to be furnished in written form, unless the notice otherwise provides.
> 
> > (4)  The notice may only require a person to furnish existing records that are in the person’s possession or that are within the person’s power to obtain lawfully.
> 
> > (5)  The inspector to whom a record is furnished under the notice may take copies of the record.
> 
> **pt 12, div 1A (ss 248A, 248B):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

Division 1B Powers of entry and search

**pt 12, div 1B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248C   Powers to enter premises

> > (1)  An inspector may enter—
> > 
> > > (a)  any premises at which the inspector reasonably suspects that any prospecting operations, mining operations or ancillary mining activities are being or are about to be carried out—at any time, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any premises that the inspector reasonably suspects have been, are being or are likely to be affected by prospecting operations, mining operations or an ancillary mining activity—at any time, and
> > 
> > > (c)  any premises where the inspector reasonably believes that documents that relate to any activity referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) are kept—at any time.
> 
> > (2)  The power to enter premises authorises entry by foot or by means of a motor vehicle or other vehicle, or by an aircraft, or in any other manner.
> 
> > (3)  Entry may be effected with the aid of such police officers or other inspectors as the inspector considers necessary and with the use of reasonable force.
> 
> > (4)  Entry may be effected to any premises with the authority of a search warrant under section 248F.
> 
> **s 248C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\] (am 2009 No 56, Sch 1.27 \[2\]).

248D   Entry into residential premises only with permission or warrant

> This Division does not entitle an inspector to enter any part of premises used only for residential purposes without the permission of the occupier or the authority of a search warrant under section 248F.
> 
> **s 248D:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248E   Powers of inspectors to do things at premises

> > (1)  An inspector may, at any premises lawfully entered, do anything that in the opinion of the inspector is necessary to be done for the purposes of this Part, including (but not limited to) the things specified in subsection (2).
> 
> > (2)  An inspector may do any or all of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  examine and inspect any works, plant, vehicle, aircraft or other article,
> > 
> > > (b)  take and remove samples,
> > 
> > > (c)  make such examinations, inquiries and tests as the inspector considers necessary,
> > 
> > > (d)  take such photographs, films, audio, video and other recordings as the inspector considers necessary,
> > 
> > > (e)  require records to be produced for inspection,
> > 
> > > (f)  examine and inspect any records,
> > 
> > > (g)  take extracts from, or a copy of, any records,
> > 
> > > (h)  seize anything that the inspector has reasonable grounds for believing is connected with an offence against this Act or the regulations,
> > 
> > > (i)  for the purposes of paragraph (h), direct the occupier of the premises where the thing is seized to retain it at those premises or at another place under the control of the occupier,
> > 
> > > (j)  do any other thing the inspector is empowered to do under this Part.
> 
> > (3)  The power to seize anything connected with an offence includes a power to seize—
> > 
> > > (a)  a thing with respect to which the offence has been committed, and
> > 
> > > (b)  a thing that will afford evidence of the commission of the offence, and
> > 
> > > (c)  a thing that was used for the purpose of committing the offence.
> > 
> > A reference to any such offence includes a reference to an offence that there are reasonable grounds for believing has been committed.
> 
> **s 248E:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\] (am 2009 No 56, Sch 1.27 \[3\]).

248F   Search warrants

> > (1)  An inspector may apply to an authorised officer within the meaning of the [Law Enforcement (Powers and Responsibilities) Act 2002](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2002-103) for the issue of a search warrant if the inspector believes on reasonable grounds that—
> > 
> > > (a)  a provision of this Act or the regulations is being or has been contravened at any premises, or
> > 
> > > (b)  there is in or on any premises matter or a thing that is connected with an offence under this Act or the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  An authorised officer within the meaning of the [Law Enforcement (Powers and Responsibilities) Act 2002](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2002-103) to whom an application is made may, if satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for doing so, issue a search warrant authorising an inspector named in the warrant—
> > 
> > > (a)  to enter the premises, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to exercise any function of an inspector under this Part.
> 
> > (3)  Division 4 of Part 5 of the [Law Enforcement (Powers and Responsibilities) Act 2002](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2002-103) applies to a search warrant issued under this section.
> 
> > (4) Definitions In this section—
> > 
> > matter or a thing connected with an offence means—
> > 
> > > (a)  matter or a thing with respect to which the offence has been committed, or
> > 
> > > (b)  matter or a thing that will afford evidence of the commission of an offence, or
> > 
> > > (c)  matter or a thing that was used, or is intended to be used, for the purpose of committing the offence.
> > 
> > offence includes an offence that there are reasonable grounds for believing has been, or is to be, committed.
> 
> **ss 248F–248J:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248G   Inspectors may request assistance

> A person may accompany an inspector and take all reasonable steps to assist the inspector in the exercise of his or her functions under this Part if the inspector is of the opinion that the person is capable of providing assistance to the inspector in the exercise of those functions.
> 
> **ss 248F–248J:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248H   Assistance to be given to inspectors

> > (1)  This section applies for the purpose of enabling an inspector to exercise any of the powers of an inspector under this Part in connection with any premises.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary may, by written notice given to the owner or occupier of the premises, require the owner or occupier to provide such reasonable assistance and facilities as are specified in the notice within a specified time and in a specified manner.
> 
> > (3)  Assistance and facilities can be required under this section, whether they are of the same kind as, or a different kind from, any prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **ss 248F–248J:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248I   Care to be taken

> In the exercise of a power of entering or searching premises under this Part, the inspector must do as little damage as possible.
> 
> **ss 248F–248J:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248J   Compensation

> The Crown is to compensate all interested parties for any damage caused by an inspector in exercising a power under this Part of entering premises (but not any damage caused by the exercise of any other power), unless the occupier obstructed or hindered the inspector in the exercise of the power of entry.
> 
> **ss 248F–248J:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248L   Power of inspectors to require answers

> > (1)  An inspector may require a person whom the inspector suspects on reasonable grounds to have knowledge of matters in respect of which information is reasonably required for a purpose to which this Part applies to answer questions in relation to those matters.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary may, by written notice, require a corporation to nominate, in writing within the time specified in the notice, a director or officer of the corporation to be the corporation’s representative for the purpose of answering questions under this section.
> 
> > (3)  Answers given by a person nominated under subsection (2) bind the corporation.
> 
> > (4)  An inspector may, by written notice, require a person to attend at a specified place and time to answer questions under this section if attendance at that place is reasonably required in order that the questions can be properly put and answered.
> 
> > (5)  The place and time at which a person may be required to attend is to be—
> > 
> > > (a)  a place or time nominated by the person, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the place and time nominated is not reasonable in the circumstances or a place and time is not nominated by the person, a place and time nominated by the inspector that is reasonable in the circumstances.
> 
> > (6)  The inspector may, in the notice under subsection (4) or in a subsequent notice, authorise the person to answer the questions using an audio link or audio visual link of a kind approved by the inspector.
> 
> > (7)  If the questions are to be answered by the person using an audio link or audio visual link—
> > 
> > > (a)  the place at which the person is required to attend is taken to be any place having adequate facilities for the answering of questions in that manner at the time nominated under subsection (5), and
> > 
> > > (b)  the person must ensure that the audio link or audio visual link is operated appropriately so that the answers given to the questions are clear to the inspector.
> 
> > (8)  In this section—
> > 
> > audio link means technology that enables continuous and contemporaneous audio communication between persons at different places, including telephones.
> > 
> > audio visual link means technology that enables continuous and contemporaneous audio and visual communication between persons at different places, including video conferencing.
> 
> > (9)  This subsection and subsections (6)–(8) are repealed on 13 November 2020.
> 
> **s 248L:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[93\]; 2020 No 5, Sch 1.22.

248M   Recording of evidence

> > (1)  An inspector may cause any questions and answers to questions given under this Part to be recorded if the inspector has informed the person who is to be questioned that the record is to be made.
> 
> > (2)  A record may be made using sound recording apparatus or audio visual apparatus, or any other method determined by the inspector.
> 
> > (3)  A copy of any such record must be provided by the inspector to the person who is questioned as soon as practicable after it is made.
> 
> > (4)  A record may be made under this section despite the provisions of any other law.
> 
> **s 248M:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[94\].

248N   Power of inspectors to demand name and address

> > (1)  An inspector may require a person whom the inspector suspects on reasonable grounds to have offended or to be offending against a provision of this Act or the regulations to state his or her full name and residential address.
> 
> > (2)  An inspector may request a person who is required under this section to state his or her full name and residential address to provide proof of the name and address. It is not an offence under section 248S to fail to comply with any such request.
> 
> > (3)  The maximum penalty for an offence under section 248S in connection with a requirement under this section is 100 penalty units, despite anything to the contrary in that section.
> 
> **s 248N:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[95\].

248NA   Application of Division

> The powers in sections 248L, 248M and 248N may be exercised whether or not a power of entry under this Division is being or has been exercised.
> 
> **s 248NA:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[96\].

248O   (Repealed)

**s 248O:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[97\].

Division 1C

(Repealed)

**pt 12, div 1C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

**pt 12, div 1C, hdg:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[92\].

Division 1D Powers with respect to articles

**pt 12, div 1D (ss 248P–248R):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248P   Definition

> In this Division, article includes any plant, motor or other vehicle, aircraft, vessel or other thing of any description.
> 
> **pt 12, div 1D (ss 248P–248R):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248Q   Application of Division

> Nothing in this Division limits the functions that may be exercised under any other Division of this Part.
> 
> **pt 12, div 1D (ss 248P–248R):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248R   Power to inspect and test

> > (1)  An inspector may, for the purposes of this Part, inspect and test any article.
> 
> > (2)  The inspector may, for the purposes of any such inspection or testing—
> > 
> > > (a)  enter the article, and
> > 
> > > (b)  enter in accordance with this Act the premises where the article is located, and
> > 
> > > (c)  operate the article, and
> > 
> > > (d)  take photographs or video films of the article, and
> > 
> > > (e)  inspect or test any substance being carried by the article or in any container on the article, and
> > 
> > > (f)  take a sample of any such substance for testing.
> 
> **pt 12, div 1D (ss 248P–248R):** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

Division 1E General

**pt 12, div 1E:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248S   Offences

> > (1)  A person who, without lawful excuse, neglects or fails to comply with a requirement made of the person under this Part is guilty of an offence.
> 
> > (2)  A person who wilfully delays or obstructs an inspector in the exercise of the inspector’s powers under this Part is guilty of an offence.
> 
> > (3)  A person who impersonates an inspector is guilty of an offence.
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> **s 248S:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[8\].

248T   Provisions relating to requirements to furnish records or information or answer questions

> > (1) Warning to be given on each occasion A person is not guilty of an offence of failing to comply with a requirement under this Part to furnish records or information or to answer a question unless the person was warned on that occasion that a failure to comply is an offence.
> 
> > (2) Self-incrimination not an excuse A person is not excused from a requirement under this Part to furnish records or information or to answer a question on the ground that the record, information or answer might incriminate the person or make the person liable to a penalty.
> 
> > (3) Information or answer not admissible if objection made However, any information furnished or answer given by a natural person in compliance with a requirement under this Part is not admissible in evidence against the person in criminal proceedings (except proceedings for an offence under this Part) if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the person objected at the time to doing so on the ground that it might incriminate the person, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the person was not warned on that occasion that the person may object to furnishing the information or giving the answer on the ground that it might incriminate the person.
> 
> > (4) Records admissible Any record furnished by a person in compliance with a requirement under this Part is not inadmissible in evidence against the person in criminal proceedings on the ground that the record might incriminate the person.
> 
> > (5) Further information Further information obtained as a result of a record or information furnished or of an answer given in compliance with a requirement under this Part is not inadmissible on the ground—
> > 
> > > (a)  that the record or information had to be furnished or the answer had to be given, or
> > 
> > > (b)  that the record or information furnished or answer given might incriminate the person.
> 
> > (6) Section extends to requirement to state name and address This section extends to a requirement under this Part to state a person’s name and address.
> 
> **s 248T:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[98\].

248U   Revocation or variation

> > (1)  A notice given under this Part may be revoked or varied by a subsequent notice or notices.
> 
> > (2)  A notice may be varied by modification of, or addition to, its terms and specifications.
> 
> > (3)  Without limiting subsection (2), a notice may be varied by extending the time for complying with the notice.
> 
> > (4)  A notice may only be revoked or varied by an inspector (whether or not the inspector who gave the notice).
> 
> **s 248U:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\].

248V   (Repealed)

**s 248V:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[215\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[99\].

Division 2 Entry in other circumstances

**pt 12, div 2, hdg:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[216\].

249   Entry on land for rehabilitation purposes etc

> > (1)  The Minister may grant a permit to any person to enter any land so as to enable the person—
> > 
> > > (a)  to carry out any rehabilitation work in accordance with a direction in force under section 240, or
> > 
> > > (b)  to remove any mining plant from any land in accordance with a direction under section 245 or as a result of a sale conducted under section 246.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of a permit under this section, and any employee or agent of the holder, may, in accordance with the permit—
> > 
> > > (a)  enter the land to which the permit relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  do on that land all such things as are reasonably necessary to achieve the purpose for which the permit is granted.

250   Surveys and ore sampling

> > (1)  The Minister may grant a permit to any registered surveyor, or any officer of the Department, to enter any land for any of the following purposes—
> > 
> > > (a)  the carrying out of any geological, geophysical, geochemical or other survey of the land,
> > 
> > > (b)  the removal of soil, rock, mineral or ore samples from the land.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of a permit under this section, and any employee, agent or assistant of the holder, may, in accordance with the permit—
> > 
> > > (a)  enter the land to which the permit relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  do on that land all such things as are reasonably necessary to achieve the purpose for which the permit was granted.
> 
> **s 250:** Subst 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[98\]. Am 2002 No 83, Sch 2.13 \[1\].

251   (Repealed)

**s 251:** Rep 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[98\].

252   Environmental assessment

> > (1)  The Minister may, on the application of a person who proposes to undertake an assessment (for the purposes of this Act or the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203)) of the likely effect on the environment of the activities to be carried out under an authority or a mineral claim, grant a permit to the applicant to enter any land so as to enable the person to undertake the assessment.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  The holder of a permit under this section, and any employee or agent of the holder, may, in accordance with the permit—
> > 
> > > (a)  enter the land to which the permit relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  do on that land all such things as are reasonably necessary to carry out the assessment to which the permit relates.
> 
> > (4), (5)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (6)  A permit under this section may not be granted in respect of land within a national park, state conservation area, regional park, historic site, nature reserve, karst conservation reserve, Aboriginal area, wildlife refuge or Aboriginal place within the meaning of the [National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1974-080) except with the concurrence of the Minister administering that Act.
> 
> > (7)  A permit under this section may not be granted in respect of land within a marine park within the meaning of the [Marine Estate Management Act 2014](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2014-072) except with the concurrence of the relevant Ministers within the meaning of that Act.
> 
> **s 252:** Am 1996 No 58, Sch 2.6; 1997 No 64, Sch 4.2; 2006 No 120, Sch 2.54; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[30\]–\[32\]; 2014 No 72, Sch 4.7.

253   Encroachments by mining works

> > (1)  The Minister may, on the application of a person having the care and management of a public road or railway, grant a permit to a registered surveyor or other person to enter and inspect any land the subject of an authority or a mineral claim so as to enable the person to ascertain whether any work carried out on that land—
> > 
> > > (a)  is encroaching on that road or railway, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is likely to cause injury or damage to that road or railway or to any building or structure adjacent to that road or railway.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may, on the application of a landholder of land adjoining land the subject of an authority or a mineral claim, grant a permit to a registered surveyor or other person to enter and inspect that land so as to enable the person to ascertain whether any work carried out on that land is encroaching on the adjoining land.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of a permit under this section, and any employee or agent of the holder, may, in accordance with the permit—
> > 
> > > (a)  enter and inspect the land to which the permit relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  survey that land or any part of that land, and
> > 
> > > (c)  make plans and sections of that land or any part of that land and of any buildings, structures or works situated on that land.
> 
> **s 253:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[60\]; 2002 No 83, Sch 2.13 \[2\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[33\].

254   Permit to enter land

> > (1)  Subject to the regulations, the Secretary may grant a permit to any person to enter any land so as to enable the person to inspect or mark out a proposed mineral claim, to inspect an opal prospecting block or to comply with the conditions of a mineral claim or opal prospecting licence.
> 
> > (2)  Subject to the regulations, the holder of a permit under this section, and any employee or agent of the holder, may, in accordance with the permit—
> > 
> > > (a)  enter the land to which the permit relates, and
> > 
> > > (b)  do all such things as are reasonably necessary for the purpose of inspecting or marking out a proposed mineral claim, inspecting an opal prospecting block or complying with the conditions of any mineral claim or opal prospecting licence.
> 
> > (3)  A permit under this section may not be granted over any land—
> > 
> > > (a)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated a dwelling-house that is the principal place of residence of the person occupying it or a woolshed or shearing shed that is in use as such, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on which, or within the prescribed distance of which, is situated any garden, or
> > 
> > > (c)  on which is situated any significant improvement other than an improvement constructed or used for ancillary mining activities only.
> 
> > (4)  The prescribed distance is—
> > 
> > > (a)  200 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (3) (a), and
> > 
> > > (b)  50 metres (or, if a greater distance is prescribed by the regulations, the greater distance) for the purposes of subsection (3) (b).
> 
> **s 254:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[61\] \[62\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[33\]; 2008 No 68, Sch 1 \[8\].

Division 3 Exercise of power of entry

255   (Repealed)

**s 255:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[93\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[63\]–\[65\]. Subst 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[34\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[219\].

255A   Restriction of power of entry: permit holders

> > (1)  A power conferred by this Act to enter any land, or to do anything on any land, pursuant to a permit may not be exercised by any person or persons unless he or she (or, if more than one, one of them)—
> > 
> > > (a)  is in possession of the permit, and
> > 
> > > (b)  gives reasonable notice to the landholder of his or her intention to exercise the power, and
> > 
> > > (c)  exercises the power at a reasonable time, and
> > 
> > > (d)  produces the permit if required to do so by the landholder.
> 
> > (2)  If damage is caused by the holder of a permit exercising a power of entry under the permit, the landholder is entitled to payment from the holder of the permit of a reasonable amount of compensation unless the landholder obstructed, hindered or restricted the holder of the permit in the exercise of the power.
> 
> > (3)  In this section, landholder includes a secondary landholder.
> 
> **s 255A:** Ins 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[34\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[220\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[12\].

256   Entry into residential premises only with permission

> Nothing in this Division or Division 2 entitles any person to enter any part of premises used only for residential purposes without the permission of the occupier.
> 
> **s 256:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[93\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[221\].

257   Obstruction

> A person must not, without reasonable excuse, obstruct, hinder or restrict any other person who is—
> 
> > (a)  entering land, or carrying out any other activity, pursuant to a permit under Division 2, or
> 
> > (b)  entering or doing things on a derelict mine site pursuant to section 249 (2).
> 
> Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.
> 
> **s 257:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[93\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[6\]. Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[221\].

Division 4 Miscellaneous

258   Conditions of permit

> > (1)  A permit is subject to such conditions as are imposed by the Minister or Secretary when granting the permit, or at any other time under a power conferred by this Act.
> 
> > (2)  A holder of a permit who contravenes any condition of the permit is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—5 penalty units.
> 
> **s 258:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[222\] 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[20\].

259   Term of permit

> Unless sooner cancelled, a permit remains in force for such period not exceeding—
> 
> > (a)  except as provided by paragraph (b), 12 months from the date it is granted, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a permit under section 254, 28 days from the date it is granted,
> 
> as is specified in the permit.
> 
> **s 259:** Am 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[35\].

260   Form of permit

> A permit must be in the form prescribed by the regulations, must be signed by the person by whom it is granted and must include the following particulars—
> 
> > (a)  a statement to the effect that it has been granted under this Act,
> 
> > (b)  the name of the person to whom it has been granted,
> 
> > (c)  the nature of the powers it confers,
> 
> > (d)  a description of the land over which it is granted,
> 
> > (e)  the conditions to which it is subject,
> 
> > (f)  the period for which it is to have effect.

261   Cancellation of permit

> > (1)  The Minister may, for such reason as the Minister thinks fit, cancel a permit that has been granted by the Minister.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary may, for such reason as he or she thinks fit, cancel a permit.
> 
> > (4)  The cancellation of a permit under this section cannot be challenged in any legal proceedings commenced later than 3 months after the cancellation.
> 
> > (5)  This section has effect despite the provisions of any other Act, but does not apply so as to affect any appeal against the cancellation commenced not later than 3 months after the cancellation.
> 
> **s 261:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[223\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[34\].

Part 12A Security deposits

**pt 12A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\].

261A   Definitions

> In this Part—
> 
> assessed deposit has the meaning given by section 261BC.
> 
> group security deposit means a single security deposit that, under a security deposit condition or conditions, is required to be provided and maintained in respect of more than one authorisation.
> 
> holder, in relation to an authorisation that has ceased to have effect, means the person who was the holder of the authorisation immediately before it ceased to have effect.
> 
> minimum deposit has the meaning given by section 261BF.
> 
> obligations under an authorisation means—
> 
> > (a)  any obligations under the conditions of an authorisation, other than an obligation to pay royalty, and
> 
> > (b)  any obligations on the holder of the authorisation under Part 11.
> 
> security deposit condition means a condition of an authorisation imposed under section 261B.
> 
> **s 261A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[21\].

261B   Security deposit conditions

> > (1)  A decision-maker may impose a condition on an authorisation that requires the holder of the authorisation to provide and maintain a security deposit to secure funding for the fulfilment of obligations under the authorisation, including obligations under the authorisation that may arise in the future.
> 
> > (2)  A condition may be imposed under this section—
> > 
> > > (a)  whether or not the land that is or may be affected by the activities the subject of the obligations or direction is or has at any time been an authorisation area, and
> > 
> > > (b)  whether or not the obligations relate to activities that were carried out by the current holder of the authorisation, and
> > 
> > > (c)  whether or not the obligations relate to activities that were authorised by the authorisation, and
> > 
> > > (d)  if the authorisation has been previously wholly or partly transferred, whether or not the obligations relate to activities carried out under the transferred authority.
> 
> > (3)  A security deposit condition may be varied to change the required amount of the deposit (whether the deposit was provided by the holder of the authorisation or by another person) or any other requirement of the condition.
> 
> > (4)  A security deposit condition may be imposed or varied—
> > 
> > > (a)  when an authorisation is granted or renewed, or
> > 
> > > (b)  when a full or partial transfer of an authority is approved under this Act, or
> > 
> > > (c)  when a mineral claim is transferred under this Act, or
> > 
> > > (d)  at any other time during the term of an authorisation.
> 
> > (4A)  A security deposit condition, or a variation to a security deposit condition, takes effect as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a security deposit condition imposed when an authorisation is granted—when the grant takes effect,
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a security deposit condition imposed or varied when an authorisation is renewed—when the renewal takes effect,
> > 
> > > (c)  in the case of a security deposit condition imposed or varied when a full or partial transfer of an authority is approved under this Act—when the transfer is registered under this Act,
> > 
> > > (d)  in the case of a security deposit condition imposed or varied when a mineral claim is transferred under this Act—when the mineral claim is transferred,
> > 
> > > (e)  in any other case—when written notice of the imposition or variation of the condition is served on the holder of the authorisation or on any later date specified in the notice.
> 
> > (5)  A security deposit condition may require a single security deposit to be provided and maintained in respect of more than one authorisation held by the same person.
> 
> > (6)  This section does not affect the operation of section 89K or 115ZH (Approvals etc legislation that must be applied consistently) or 93 (Granting and modification of approval by approval body) of the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203).
> 
> **s 261B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[22\]–\[26\].

261BA   Security may be required before application for authorisation is granted

> > (1)  If a decision-maker proposes to grant an authorisation subject to a security deposit condition, the decision-maker may, by notice given to the applicant—
> > 
> > > (a)  advise the applicant of the proposed security deposit condition, and
> > 
> > > (b)  require the applicant to provide the security deposit required to be provided and maintained under that condition before the authorisation is granted.
> 
> > (2)  If a decision-maker requires a security deposit to be provided before an authorisation is granted, the authorisation must not be granted unless the security deposit is provided.
> 
> **s 261BA:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[27\].

261BB   Amount of security deposit

> The amount of the security deposit that may be required by a security deposit condition is—
> 
> > (a)  the assessed deposit for the authorisation concerned as at the date the decision-maker imposes or varies the condition, or
> 
> > (b)  if there is no assessed deposit for the authorisation—the minimum deposit for the authorisation as at the date the decision-maker imposes or varies the condition.
> 
> **s 261BB:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[27\].

261BC   Secretary may assess amount of security deposit

> > (1)  The Secretary may assess the amount of the security deposit that may be required by a security deposit condition for a particular authorisation or, in the case of a group security deposit, for a particular group of authorisations.
> 
> > (2)  The amount of the security deposit as assessed by the Secretary is the assessed deposit for the authorisation or authorisations concerned.
> 
> > (3)  The Secretary must make an assessment if the regulations require an assessment to be made.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary may make an assessment at any other time—
> > 
> > > (a)  at the request of the decision-maker, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on the Secretary’s own initiative.
> 
> > (5)  An assessment, and a decision to make or request an assessment, may be made without prior notice to, or consultation with, the holder of an affected authorisation.
> 
> > (6)  The Secretary is to make an assessment under this section having regard to the estimated cost of fulfilling any obligations under the authorisation or authorisations concerned, including obligations under the authorisation that may arise in the future.
> 
> > (7)  An assessed deposit must not be less than the minimum deposit for the authorisation or, in the case of a group security deposit, the sum of the minimum deposits for all affected authorisations.
> 
> > (8)  After an assessment is made, the Secretary must give written notice of the assessment—
> > 
> > > (a)  to the holder of an affected authorisation, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to the decision-maker (if not the Secretary).
> 
> > (9)  The notice given to the holder of an affected authorisation must—
> > 
> > > (a)  set out the reasons for the Secretary’s assessment, and
> > 
> > > (b)  advise the holder of the holder’s entitlement to apply for a review of the assessment under this Part.
> 
> > (10)  The Secretary is to exercise his or her functions under this section having regard to any guidelines approved by the Minister.
> 
> > (11)  An assessment by the Secretary under this section does not affect—
> > 
> > > (a)  the validity of any security deposit condition imposed or varied before the assessment was made, or
> > 
> > > (b)  liability for an administrative levy that arose before the assessment was made.
> 
> > (12)  The Secretary may revise his or her assessment under this section. For that purpose, the Secretary may amend, revoke or replace a previous assessment.
> 
> > (13)  This section applies in respect of the revision of an assessment in the same way as it applies in respect of an assessment.
> 
> > (14)  An assessment may be made in relation to a security deposit condition proposed to be imposed on the grant of an authorisation and, for that purpose, a reference in this section, and in sections 261BD and 261BE, to a holder of an authorisation is taken to include a reference to a person who, on grant, will be a holder of an authorisation.
> 
> **ss 261BC–261BE:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[27\]. Am 2014 No 53, Sch 3 \[2\].

261BD   Application for review of assessed deposit

> > (1)  The holder of an authorisation may apply for a review by the Minister of the Secretary’s assessment of the amount of the security deposit that may be required for the authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  The application must—
> > 
> > > (a)  be made in writing, and
> > 
> > > (b)  be made in a form approved by the Minister (if any form is approved), and
> > 
> > > (c)  contain particulars of the grounds for review of the assessment, and
> > 
> > > (d)  contain or be accompanied by such other information or documents as the Minister requires to review the assessment (which requirement may be specified in the approved form or on the Department’s website), and
> > 
> > > (e)  be accompanied by any fee required by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (f)  be lodged with the Secretary within 28 days after notice is given to the holder of the authorisation of the assessment or within such other period as the regulations may prescribe.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of an authorisation is not entitled to apply for a review under this section if the assessment concerned has previously been reviewed under this section.
> 
> > (4)  This section applies in respect of a revision of an assessment in the same way as it applies in respect of an assessment.
> 
> **ss 261BC–261BE:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[27\]. Am 2014 No 53, Sch 3 \[2\].

261BE   Review of assessed deposit by Minister

> > (1)  If an application for review of the Secretary’s assessment of the amount of a security deposit that may be required for an authorisation is duly made, the Minister is to review the Secretary’s assessment.
> 
> > (2)  In conducting a review, the Minister—
> > 
> > > (a)  is to have regard to any submissions made by the holder of the authorisation in relation to the assessment the subject of the review, and
> > 
> > > (b)  otherwise, has the same functions as the Secretary in relation to an assessment.
> 
> > (3)  The review, if conducted by a delegate of the Minister, is not to be conducted by the Secretary or a person who, as the delegate of the Secretary, made the assessment the subject of the review.
> 
> > (4)  Following the review, the Minister may—
> > 
> > > (a)  affirm the Secretary’s assessment, or
> > 
> > > (b)  amend the Secretary’s assessment, or
> > 
> > > (c)  set aside the Secretary’s assessment and substitute a new assessment.
> 
> > (5)  An assessment, or an amendment to an assessment, that is made by the Minister has the same effect as an assessment, or an amendment, made by the Secretary. However, the assessment or amendment is not reviewable under this section.
> 
> > (6)  Any action taken by the Minister under this section does not affect—
> > 
> > > (a)  the validity of any security deposit condition imposed or varied before the action was taken, or
> > 
> > > (b)  liability for an administrative levy that arose before that action was taken.
> 
> > (7)  However, if the Minister makes a new assessment, or amends an assessment, the Minister may—
> > 
> > > (a)  vary or, if the decision-maker is not the Minister, direct the decision-maker to vary, a security deposit condition in accordance with the assessment or amendment, and
> > 
> > > (b)  direct the Secretary to reassess any administrative levy payable for an affected authorisation, and for which liability arose before the Minister’s assessment or amendment, in a manner that the Minister considers fair and reasonable.
> 
> Note—
> 
> The amount of the security deposit required in respect of an authorisation directly affects the administrative levy payable in respect of an authorisation under Part 14A. In general terms, the levy is one percent of the amount of the security deposit.
> 
> **ss 261BC–261BE:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[27\]. Am 2014 No 53, Sch 3 \[2\].

261BF   Minimum deposit

> > (1)  The minimum deposit for an authorisation is the amount prescribed by the regulations as the minimum deposit in relation to the type of authorisation concerned.
> 
> > (2)  A change to the minimum deposit for an authorisation does not affect the validity of a security deposit condition imposed or varied before the change takes effect.
> 
> **s 261BF:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[27\].

261C   Content of security deposit condition

> > (1A)  A security deposit condition may—
> > 
> > > (a)  be in a standard form, being a form prescribed by the regulations, or
> > 
> > > (b)  be in a form approved by the decision-maker.
> 
> > (1)  A security deposit condition (whether in a standard form or otherwise) may include requirements with respect to any one or more of the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (b)  the form of the deposit,
> > 
> > > (c)  the date by which the deposit is to be provided,
> > 
> > > (d)  the manner in which the deposit is to be provided and maintained,
> > 
> > > (e)  the provision of information or other material to the Secretary or the Minister that demonstrates that the condition is being complied with,
> > 
> > > (f)  the provision of progress reports on work (and associated costs and expenses) for which the deposit is intended to provide security,
> > 
> > > (g)  the independent auditing of any such work, costs and expenses,
> > 
> > > (h)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (2)  A security deposit condition may require the holder of the authorisation to cause a security deposit that has been provided and maintained in relation to another authorisation to be extended to the firstmentioned authorisation.
> 
> > (3)    (Repealed)
> 
> > (4)  Nothing in this section limits the matters that may be included in a security deposit condition.
> 
> **s 261C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[28\]–\[32\].

261D   Form and amount of security deposit

> > (1)  A security deposit may be in (but is not limited to) any of the following forms—
> > 
> > > (a)  a bank guarantee,
> > 
> > > (b)  cash,
> > 
> > > (c)  a bond,
> > 
> > > (d)  another form (such as an insurance policy) that the decision-maker considers appropriate and specifies in the security deposit condition.
> 
> > (2)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 261D:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[33\].

261E   Security deposit can be taken to be provided for consolidated mining lease or multiple authorisations

> > (1)  A security deposit is taken to have been provided under a security deposit condition of a consolidated mining lease if—
> > 
> > > (a)  a security deposit was provided in compliance with the conditions of one or more of the leases that were consolidated, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the Minister notifies the holder of the consolidated mining lease that, because of the provision of the security deposit referred to in paragraph (a), a security deposit is taken to have been provided under the consolidated mining lease.
> 
> > (2)  A security deposit is taken to have been provided under a security deposit condition of an authorisation (the first authorisation) held by a person if—
> > 
> > > (a)  a security deposit was provided in compliance with the conditions of one or more other authorisations held by that person, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the Minister notifies that person that, because of the provision of the security deposit referred to in paragraph (a), a security deposit is taken to have been provided under the first authorisation.
> 
> **s 261E:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[34\].

261F   Claim on and use of security deposit

> > (1)  The Minister may make a claim on or realise a security deposit provided under a security deposit condition if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the authorisation is cancelled or otherwise ceases to have effect and an obligation under the former authorisation remains unfulfilled, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the holder of the authorisation has failed to comply with a direction under section 240 that relates to the authorisation or to activities carried out under, or purportedly under, the authorisation.
> 
> > (1A)  The Minister may make a claim on or realise a security deposit for a failure to comply with a direction under section 240 even if the security deposit condition under which it was provided was imposed before the direction was given.
> 
> > (2)  Before making a claim on or realising a security deposit, the Minister must, if practicable, give written notice of the proposed action to the holder of the authorisation or, if the authorisation has been cancelled or has otherwise ceased to have effect, the former holder of the authorisation.
> 
> > (3)  The Minister may use money obtained under a security deposit—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the circumstances to which subsection (1) (a) refers—to recover or fund the costs or expenses that the Crown reasonably incurs in causing any obligation under the former authorisation to be fulfilled, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the circumstances to which subsection (1) (b) refers—to recover or fund the reasonable costs or expenses of the Crown in giving effect to the direction under section 240.
> 
> > (3A)  The Minister may use money obtained under a security deposit for a small-scale title to recover or fund the reasonable costs or expenses that the Crown reasonably incurs rehabilitating land affected by activities undertaken under any small-scale title.
> 
> > (4)  The Minister may invest money obtained under a security deposit in interest-bearing deposits in a bank.
> 
> > (5)  Any interest accruing on the money is to be paid into the Derelict Mine Sites Fund.
> 
> > (6)  Money obtained under a security deposit and used under subsection (3) is taken, for all purposes, to be forfeited to the Crown when it is so used.
> 
> > (7)  The functions of the Minister under this Part may be exercised with or without the benefit of a finding by a court or tribunal that the holder of the authorisation concerned has failed to comply with a direction under section 240 or failed to fulfil any obligation under the authorisation.
> 
> > (8)  In relation to a group security deposit, a reference in this section to the authorisation is a reference to any authorisation in respect of which the group security deposit is provided and maintained.
> 
> **s 261F:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[35\]–\[38\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[100\].

261G   Lapsing of security deposit requirement and return of money

> > (1)  Any money obtained under a security deposit that is not used under section 261F is to be paid (without interest) as follows—
> > 
> > > (a)  to the person who provided the deposit,
> > 
> > > (b)  if the person who provided the deposit is unable to be located despite reasonable endeavours, to the holder of the authorisation concerned,
> > 
> > > (c)  if the person who provided the deposit and the holder of the authorisation are unable to be located despite reasonable endeavours, into the Derelict Mine Sites Fund.
> 
> > (2)  The requirement to maintain a security deposit lapses—
> > 
> > > (a)  in accordance with the terms of the security deposit condition, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the condition does not deal with the lapsing of the requirement, when the Minister has determined that any requirements of the direction under section 240 or obligations under the authorisation (non-compliance with which would authorise a claim on or realisation of the deposit) have been fulfilled to a satisfactory extent and in a satisfactory manner.
> 
> > (3)  The Minister must, if practicable, give written notice of that determination to the holder of the authorisation.
> 
> **s 261G:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\]. Am 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[39\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[11\].

261H   Security deposit not to affect other action

> Nothing in this Part affects—
> 
> > (a)  the liability of a person to any penalty for an offence in relation to a direction under section 240 or an obligation under an authorisation or any contravention to which the security deposit relates, or
> 
> > (b)  any other action that may be taken or is required to be taken in relation to any contravention or other circumstances to which the security deposit relates.
> 
> **s 261H:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\].

261I   Regulations in relation to security deposits

> The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the administration of money or other securities obtained by the Minister under a security deposit.
> 
> **s 261I:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[224\].

Part 13 Compensation

Division 1 Prospecting and mining

262   Definitions

> In this Division—
> 
> compensable loss means loss caused, or likely to be caused, by—
> 
> > (a)  damage to the surface of land, to crops, trees, grasses or other vegetation (including fruit and vegetables) or to buildings, structures or works, being damage which has been caused by or which may arise from prospecting or mining operations, or
> 
> > (b)  deprivation of the possession or of the use of the surface of land or any part of the surface, or
> 
> > (c)  severance of land from other land of the landholder, or
> 
> > (d)  surface rights of way and easements, or
> 
> > (e)  destruction or loss of, or injury to, disturbance of or interference with, stock, or
> 
> > (f)  damage consequential on any matter referred to in paragraph (a)–(e),
> 
> but does not include loss that is compensable under the [Coal Mine Subsidence Compensation Act 2017](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2017-037).
> 
> landholder includes a secondary landholder.
> 
> **s 262:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[66\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[13\]; 2017 No 37, Sch 2.3 \[1\].

263   Compensation arising under exploration licence

> > (1)  On the granting of an exploration licence, a landholder of any land (whether or not subject to the licence) becomes entitled to compensation for any compensable loss suffered, or likely to be suffered, by the landholder as a result of the exercise of the rights conferred by the licence or by an access arrangement in respect of the licence.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an exploration licence may agree with a landholder as to the amount of compensation payable, but an agreement reached is not valid unless it is in writing, signed by or on behalf of the parties to the agreement.
> 
> > (3)  Such of the provisions of an access arrangement (whether or not in writing) as relate to compensation have effect as an agreement for the purposes of this section.
> 
> > (4)  Payment of compensation under this section (other than compensation payable under an access arrangement agreed on as referred to in section 140 (1) (a)) is taken, for the purposes of any security given by the licensee, to be an obligation under the licence.
> 
> **s 263:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[35\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[67\] \[68\]; 2013 No 111, Sch 3.15.

264   Compensation arising under assessment lease

> > (1)  On the granting of an assessment lease, a landholder of any land (whether or not subject to the lease) becomes entitled to compensation for any compensable loss suffered, or likely to be suffered, by the landholder as a result of the exercise of the rights conferred by the lease or by an access arrangement in respect of the lease.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of an assessment lease may agree with a landholder as to the amount of compensation payable, but an agreement reached is not valid unless it is in writing, signed by or on behalf of the parties to the agreement.
> 
> > (3)  Such of the provisions of an access arrangement (whether or not in writing) as relate to compensation have effect as an agreement for the purposes of this section.
> 
> > (4)  Payment of compensation under this section (other than compensation payable under an access arrangement agreed on as referred to in section 140 (1) (a)) is taken, for the purposes of any security given by the lessee, to be an obligation under the lease.
> 
> > (5)  If, immediately before the grant of an assessment lease any part of the assessment area was, or was in, an authorisation area and the subject of a valid agreement under this Division (an existing agreement), a valid agreement is taken to have been entered into in relation to that part for the purpose of this section, if the holder of the assessment lease—
> > 
> > > (a)  was the holder of the authorisation immediately before the grant of the assessment lease, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is the assignee of the rights under the existing agreement.
> 
> > (6)  Subsection (5) ceases to apply to a part of an assessment area if a subsequent valid agreement is entered into, or the Land and Environment Court makes an assessment of compensation payable, in relation to that part.
> 
> **s 264:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[35\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[69\] \[70\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[226\] (am 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[3\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 2 \[4\]); 2013 No 111, Sch 3.15.

265   Compensation arising under mining lease

> > (1)  On the granting of a mining lease, a landholder of any land (whether or not subject to the lease) becomes entitled to compensation for any compensable loss suffered, or likely to be suffered, by the landholder as a result of the exercise of the rights conferred by the lease.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of a mining lease may agree with a landholder as to the amount of compensation payable, but an agreement reached is not valid unless it is in writing, signed by or on behalf of the parties to the agreement.
> 
> > (3)  If a valid agreement is not entered into under this section within such period as may be prescribed by the regulations, the holder of a mining lease, or a landholder of land, may apply to the Land and Environment Court to assess the amount of compensation payable, and the Court is to assess the compensation payable.
> 
> > (4)  The holder of a mining lease is not authorised to exercise any rights under the lease on the surface of any part of the mining area unless the amount of any compensation payable to a landholder under subsection (1) in respect of that part of the mining area is the subject of a valid agreement or of an assessment made by the Land and Environment Court.
> 
> > (5)  If, immediately before the grant of a mining lease any part of the mining area was, or was in, an authorisation area and the subject of a valid agreement under this Division (an existing agreement), a valid agreement is taken to have been entered into in relation to that part for the purpose of this section, if the holder of the mining lease—
> > 
> > > (a)  was the holder of the authorisation immediately before the grant of the mining lease, or
> > 
> > > (b)  is the assignee of the rights under the existing agreement.
> 
> > (6)  Subsection (5) ceases to apply to a part of a mining area if a subsequent valid agreement is entered into, or the Land and Environment Court makes an assessment of compensation payable, in relation to that part.
> 
> **s 265:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[35\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[71\]–\[73\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[227\] (am 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[3\]); 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[35\] \[36\].

266   Compensation arising under small-scale title

> > (1)  On the granting of a small-scale title, a landholder becomes entitled to compensation determined under this section in lieu of compensation for any compensable loss suffered, or likely to be suffered, by the landholder as a result of the exercise of the rights conferred by the small-scale title.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Small-scale title means a mineral claim or an opal prospecting licence.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may determine the compensation payable (standard compensation) for the purposes of subsection (1) and the quantum of any standard compensation is at the discretion of the Minister.
> 
> > (3)  A determination of the Minister is to be made by order published in the Gazette and any such order—
> > 
> > > (a)  may prescribe different amounts of standard compensation for different mineral claims districts or opal prospecting areas, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may provide for standard compensation to be indexed on an annual or other basis.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary must not grant a small-scale title to an applicant unless satisfied that—
> > 
> > > (a)  the applicant has paid to the collection agency on behalf of any landholder entitled to compensation on the granting of the small-scale title the standard compensation for the term of the small-scale title (unless the applicant and landholder have entered into an agreement as an alternative to standard compensation (a compensation agreement)), and
> > 
> > > (b)  the applicant has given, in the manner prescribed by the regulations, any such landholder a notice that states the applicant’s intention to exercise rights under the small-scale title and that identifies (by map or otherwise) the land to which the small-scale title applies, and
> > 
> > > (c)  if the application is for the renewal of a mineral claim, the applicant has, no later than 28 days after lodging the application, paid all outstanding amounts of compensation payable by the applicant to the landholder under the mineral claim (other than compensation that may be payable under a compensation agreement).
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may grant a small-scale title to an applicant despite the applicant failing to satisfy the Secretary of a matter specified in subsection (4) if the Secretary is satisfied that the failure occurred because the applicant, after taking all reasonable steps, has been unable to sufficiently identify a landholder for the purposes of this section. Nothing in this subsection affects the right of a landholder to compensation under this section.
> 
> > (6)  The Land and Environment Court—
> > 
> > > (a)  may determine the compensation payable for the purposes of subsection (1) in respect of a small-scale title for which no standard compensation has been determined by the Minister, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may make any such determination on the application of the landholder or the applicant for the small-scale title, and
> > 
> > > (c)  in determining the compensation payable is to have regard to any determinations of standard compensation made by the Minister.
> 
> > (7)  Compensation determined by the Court under subsection (6) is taken to be standard compensation in respect of—
> > 
> > > (a)  the grant of the relevant small-scale title, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the grant of a renewal of the title (but only if the Minister does not, within the term of the title, make a determination of standard compensation in respect of the title).
> 
> > (8)  The Land and Environment Court may, in exceptional circumstances and despite subsection (1), award a landholder compensation for the compensable loss suffered, or likely to be suffered, by the landholder as a result of the exercise of the rights conferred by a small-scale title, but only if—
> > 
> > > (a)  the application for such compensation is made to the Court no later than 60 days after the notice under subsection (4) (b) is given to the landholder in respect of the title, and
> > 
> > > (b)  there is no compensation agreement in place in respect of the title between the landholder and the person from whom compensation is sought.
> 
> > (9)  Division 3 does not apply to a determination of compensation under this section. However, sections 271, 272 (other than section 272 (1) (b) (i)) and 275 do apply to a determination of compensation under subsection (8).
> 
> > (10)  No appeal lies against a determination of compensation under this section.
> 
> > (11)  The Minister cannot vary or substitute a standard compensation amount previously determined by the Minister under this section unless—
> > 
> > > (a)  at least 5 years have passed since that previous determination, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the Minister has caused an independent review to be conducted into the appropriate levels of standard compensation and has considered the findings of that review.
> 
> > (12)  The regulations may make provisions for or with respect to the collection of standard compensation by the collection agency and the payment of that compensation to landholders, and in particular may—
> > 
> > > (a)  prescribe fees in respect of the exercise of functions by or on behalf of the collection agency under this section, and
> > 
> > > (b)  permit any such function to be delegated to Service NSW as a customer service function.
> 
> > (13)  In this section—
> > 
> > collection agency means a government sector agency or the head of a government sector agency nominated by the regulations as the collection agency.
> > 
> > grant of a small-scale title includes, in the case of a mineral claim, the grant of a renewal of the small-scale title.
> > 
> > term of a small-scale title includes, in the case of the renewal of a mineral claim, any period during which, before its renewal, the mineral claim was taken to continue to have effect under section 197 (3).
> 
> **s 266:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[36\] \[122\]. Subst 1999 No 43, Sch 2 \[1\]. Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\] \[35\] \[37\]; 2010 No 119, Sch 1.23 \[1\]. Subst 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[5\].

267   (Repealed)

**s 267:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[37\]. Subst 1999 No 43, Sch 2 \[1\]. Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\] \[35\] \[37\]; 2010 No 119, Sch 1.23 \[2\]. Rep 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[5\].

267A   Effect of determination and payment of compensation under provisions of Commonwealth Native Title Act

> > (1)  If, between the Government party, an applicant for an exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease, mineral claim or opal prospecting licence as a grantee party and a native title party, compensation is agreed on or determined under Subdivision M or P of Division 3 of Part 2 of the Commonwealth Native Title Act, the compensation so agreed on or determined is taken—
> > 
> > > (a)  to be validly agreed on or assessed for the purposes of whichever is relevant of section 263, 264, 265 or 266 as if the applicant for the exploration licence, assessment lease, mining lease, mineral claim or opal prospecting licence as the grantee party was the holder under this Act of the licence, lease or claim concerned and the native title party was the landholder of the land concerned, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to be paid under and for the purposes of whichever is relevant of those sections when it is paid in accordance with section 52 of the Commonwealth Native Title Act.
> 
> > (2)  In this section, Government party, grantee party and native title party have the same meanings as they have in the Commonwealth Native Title Act.
> 
> **s 267A:** Ins 1994 No 45, Sch 1. Am 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[7\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[74\]; 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[6\].

268   Compensation payable on transfer of certain authorities etc

> If an authority or mineral claim over any land is transferred from a person who is a landholder of the land to a person who is not a landholder of the land, the provisions of this Act relating to compensation apply to the person to whom the authority or claim is transferred.
> 
> **s 268:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[75\] \[76\].

Division 2 Environmental assessment

269   Definitions

> In this Division—
> 
> compensable loss means loss caused, or likely to be caused, by—
> 
> > (a)  interference with the use of land, or
> 
> > (b)  damage to land, to any crops, trees, grasses or other vegetation on the land or to any buildings, structures and works on the land, or
> 
> > (c)  damage consequential on any matter referred to in paragraph (a) or (b),
> 
> but does not include loss that is compensable under the [Coal Mine Subsidence Compensation Act 2017](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2017-037).
> 
> environmental assessment permit means a permit granted under section 252.
> 
> landholder includes a secondary landholder.
> 
> **s 269:** Am 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[13\]; 2017 No 37, Sch 2.3 \[2\].

270   Compensation arising under environmental assessment permit

> > (1)  If the holder of an environmental assessment permit enters any land under the authority of the permit, landholders become entitled to compensation from the holder of the permit for any compensable loss they suffer as a result of the exercise of the rights conferred by the permit.
> 
> > (2)  The amount of compensation payable under this section is such amount as may be assessed by the Land and Environment Court on the application of the holder of the environmental assessment permit, the Crown or the landholder concerned.
> 
> > (3)  Nothing in this section affects any remedy available to any person whose lands are entered pursuant to a power conferred by or under Part 12.
> 
> **s 270:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[77\] \[78\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[35\].

Division 3 Procedure for assessing compensation

271   Definitions

> In this Division—
> 
> compensable loss, in relation to the assessment of compensation payable under Division 1 or 2, has the same meaning as it has in that Division.
> 
> landholder includes a secondary landholder.
> 
> **s 271:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[230\]; 2010 No 29, Sch 1 \[13\].

272   Assessment of compensation

> > (1)  The assessment of compensation payable under this Part—
> > 
> > > (a)  must be made in the manner prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  must not be made until notice in the approved form—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  has been published in a newspaper circulating generally in the State and in one or more newspapers circulating in the locality in which the land concerned is situated, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  has been served on each person who appears to the Land and Environment Court to be interested in the assessment, and
> > 
> > > (c)  must not exceed in amount the market value (for other than ancillary mining activities) of the land and the buildings, structures and works situated on the land.
> 
> > (2)  Any compensation agreed on or determined under Subdivision M or P of Division 3 or Division 5 of Part 2 of the Commonwealth Native Title Act for essentially the same act as an act in respect of which compensation is to be assessed under this Part must be taken into account in the assessment of compensation for the act under this Part.
> 
> **s 272:** Am 1994 No 45, Sch 1; 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[8\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[35\].

273   Payment into court

> The total amount of compensation assessed under this Division is to be paid into the Land and Environment Court at such times, and in respect of such periods, as is specified in the order of assessment.
> 
> **s 273:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\].

274   Payment out of court

> > (1)  As compensable loss occurs, money held in the Land and Environment Court by way of compensation is to be paid out of court, on the application of any person entitled to the compensation, in accordance with the agreement or order under which it is payable.
> 
> > (2)  If, after the expiration of 6 months, and before the expiration of 12 months, from the date on which the authorisation concerned ceases to have effect, the whole or any part of an amount paid into court under this section has neither been paid out nor ordered to be paid out, the person who paid the amount into court may apply to the Land and Environment Court for payment out to that person of the whole or any part of that amount, and the Court may order the payment to be made.
> 
> > (3)  If, after the expiration of 12 months from the date on which the authorisation concerned ceases to have effect, the whole or any part of an amount paid into court under this section has neither been paid out nor ordered to be paid out, the Land and Environment Court may cause the whole or any part of that amount to be paid into the Treasury for payment into the Consolidated Fund.
> 
> **s 274:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[35\] \[38\] \[39\].

275   Procedure for making assessment

> In making an assessment of compensation under this Division, the Land and Environment Court—
> 
> > (a)  may make the assessment at any time and at any place, and
> 
> > (b)  may make the assessment in the absence of any person who appears to be interested in the assessment, if the Court is satisfied that the person has been served with a notice in accordance with this Part, and
> 
> > (c)  may adjourn the hearing of the matter to any time and any place, subject to such terms as to costs or otherwise as the Court thinks fit.
> 
> **s 275:** Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[40\].

276   Additional assessment

> > (1)  If, after an assessment of compensation has been made, it is proved to the satisfaction of the Land and Environment Court—
> > 
> > > (a)  that the whole of the amount paid into court under this Part has been duly paid out, and
> > 
> > > (b)  that further compensable loss has been caused, or is likely to be caused, in respect of the land to which the assessment relates, or to other land,
> > 
> > the Court must, on the application of any of the parties concerned, assess that loss and order that the amount so assessed be paid by the holder of the authorisation to which the assessment relates, within the time and to the persons specified in the order.
> 
> > (2)  If it is proved to the satisfaction of the Land and Environment Court—
> > 
> > > (a)  that an access arrangement does not make provision for or with respect to compensation, and
> > 
> > > (b)  that compensable loss has been caused, or is likely to be caused, in respect of the land to which the arrangement relates,
> > 
> > the Court must, on the application of any of the parties concerned, assess that loss and order that the amount so assessed be paid by the holder of the authorisation to which the assessment relates, within the time and to the persons specified in the order.
> 
> > (3)  If it is proved to the satisfaction of the Land and Environment Court—
> > 
> > > (a)  that the whole of the amount assessed by or in accordance with an access arrangement determined by an arbitrator as referred to in section 140 (1) (b) has been paid in accordance with the arrangement, and
> > 
> > > (b)  that further compensable loss has been caused, or is likely to be caused, in respect of the land to which the assessment relates or to other land,
> > 
> > the Court must, on the application of any of the parties concerned, assess that loss and order that the amount so assessed be paid by the holder of the authorisation to which the assessment relates, within the time and to the persons specified in the order.
> 
> > (4)  The Land and Environment Court’s decision on such an application has effect as an assessment of compensation under this Division.
> 
> > (5)  In making an assessment of compensation, the Land and Environment Court must have regard to—
> > 
> > > (a)  any previous compensation agreement between the parties under this Division, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any current or previous access arrangement between the parties that was determined, or taken to have been determined, by an arbitrator under Part 8, and
> > 
> > > (c)  any previous assessment under this Division of compensation payable to the landholder,
> > 
> > with respect to the land to which the current assessment relates.
> 
> **s 276:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[237\]. Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[40\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[236\].

277   Directions to furnish names and addresses

> > (1)  If the Land and Environment Court considers that a landholder of any land may be entitled to compensation under this Part, the Court may, by instrument in writing served on the holder of the authorisation concerned, direct the holder to notify the Court of the name and address of the landholder.
> 
> > (2)  An instrument served under this section must specify a date on or before which compliance with the direction contained in the instrument is required.
> 
> **s 277:** Am 1999 No 43, Sch 1 \[79\] \[80\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[41\].

278   Appeals

> **s 278:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[38\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 2 \[2\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[238\] \[239\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[13\] \[35\]. Rep 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[7\].

Division 4 Consolidated mining leases

279   Compensation not payable on consolidation

> > (1)  Compensation is not payable under this Part in respect of the grant of a consolidated mining lease.
> 
> > (2)  Any compensation to which a person is entitled under this Part in respect of the grant of an existing lease that is consolidated under Part 6 is to be assessed or agreed on and paid as if the existing lease had not been consolidated.

280   Compensation already due not affected by consolidation

> > (1)  Except as provided by this Division, any compensation assessed, agreed on or paid under this Part in respect of an existing lease that is consolidated under Part 6 is not affected by the consolidation of the existing lease and is to be dealt with as if the existing lease had not been consolidated.
> 
> > (2)  If any compensation is paid into court under this Part in respect of an existing lease that is consolidated under Part 6, the date on which the existing lease ceases to have effect is taken, for the purposes of this Part, to be the date on which the consolidated mining lease ceases to have effect.

281   Compensation for further loss

> > (1)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  compensation has been assessed or agreed on under this Part in respect of an existing lease that is consolidated under Part 6, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the date of expiry of the consolidated mining lease is later than the date on which the existing lease would have expired if it had not been consolidated, and
> > 
> > > (c)  it is proved to the satisfaction of the Land and Environment Court that—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  further loss has been caused in respect of the land to which the assessment or agreement related, or in respect of other land, after the date on which the existing lease would have so expired, being compensable loss within the meaning of Division 1, and
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  in the case of an assessment, the whole of the amount paid into court pursuant to this Part has been duly paid out,
> > 
> > the Court is to assess the loss in accordance with Division 3 and order that the amount so assessed be paid by the holder of the consolidated mining lease to which the assessment relates, within the time and to the persons specified in the order.
> 
> > (2)  The provisions of section 276 have effect with respect to a consolidated mining lease even though the assessment referred to in that section relates to an existing lease that has been consolidated under Part 6.
> 
> **s 281:** Am 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[35\] \[42\].

Division 5 Native title compensation payable by holders of authorities

**pt 13, div 5:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[9\].

281A   Application of Division

> This Division applies to the grant, renewal or variation of an authority under this Act after the commencement of this Division.
> 
> **s 281A:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[9\].

281B   Compensation payable by holders of authority

> If compensation is payable under section 24MD or 24NA of the Commonwealth Native Title Act in respect of an act to which this Division applies that is attributable to the State, the holder of the authority concerned at the time of the grant, renewal or variation is declared, in accordance with section 24MD (4) (b) (i) or 24NA (as the case requires) of that Act, to be liable to pay the compensation.
> 
> **s 281B:** Ins 1998 No 88, Sch 5 \[9\]. Am 1999 No 42, Sch 3.11 \[3\] \[4\]; 2000 No 53, Sch 3.14.

Part 14 Royalty

Division 1 Publicly owned minerals

282   Liability to pay royalty—publicly owned minerals

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease is liable to pay royalty to the Crown on publicly owned minerals recovered by the holder under the lease.
> 
> > (1A)  The holder of a mining sublease is liable to pay royalty to the Crown on publicly owned minerals recovered from the sublease area.
> 
> > (1B)  Despite subsection (1), the holder of a mining lease remains liable to pay royalty on publicly owned minerals recovered from a sublease area only to the extent that the royalty has not been paid by the holder of the sublease.
> 
> > (2)  Royalty that is payable to the Crown under a condition of a mining lease (being a condition of the kind referred to in clause 7A (3) of Schedule 1B) is payable in addition to, and not instead of, royalty payable under this Division.
> 
> **s 282:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[241\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[101\]; 2016 No 27, Sch 1.16 \[4\].

283   Rate of royalty

> > (1)  Royalty on a publicly owned mineral is payable under this Division—
> > 
> > > (a)  at the base rate prescribed by the regulations in respect of that mineral, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if the regulations so provide—at the additional rate prescribed by the regulations in respect of that mineral.
> 
> > (2)  Royalty under this Division is payable on a publicly owned mineral at the rate or rates applicable as at the time the material from which it is recovered is extracted from the land.
> 
> > (3)  A rate of royalty prescribed for the purposes of this Division may be prescribed—
> > 
> > > (a)  as a percentage of the value of minerals recovered from the land, or
> > 
> > > (b)  as an amount payable on the basis of any specified measurement of minerals recovered from the land, or
> > 
> > > (c)  by reference to such other matters as the Minister determines.
> 
> > (4)  The quantity of minerals recovered is to be calculated (whether by volume or by weight) in the manner prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (5)  The value of minerals recovered is to be calculated (whether by volume or by weight) in the manner determined by the Minister.

Division 2 Privately owned minerals

284   Liability to pay royalty—privately owned minerals

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease is liable to pay royalty to the Crown on privately owned minerals recovered from the mining area as if those minerals were publicly owned.
> 
> > (1A)  The holder of a mining sublease is liable to pay royalty to the Crown on privately owned minerals recovered from the sublease area as if those minerals were publicly owned.
> 
> > (1B)  Despite subsection (1), the holder of a mining lease remains liable to pay royalty on privately owned minerals recovered from a sublease area only to the extent that the royalty has not been paid by the sublessee.
> 
> > (2)  If royalty (including any interest and penalty tax on royalty) is paid to or recovered by the Chief Commissioner in respect of a privately owned mineral, the Chief Commissioner is to pay to the Minister seven-eighths of the amount so paid or recovered.
> 
> > (2A)  The Minister is to pay that amount to the owner of the mineral.
> 
> > (3)  This section does not apply to a mining (mineral owner) lease.
> 
> **s 284:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[242\] \[243\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\] \[5\].

285   Rate of royalty

> Royalty is payable under this Division—
> 
> > (a)  except as provided by paragraph (b)—at the base rate prescribed under section 283 (1) (a) in respect of the mineral concerned, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a mineral other than coal—at such other rate as may be agreed on between the holder of the mineral claim or authority concerned and the owner of the mineral.

Division 3 Petroleum

286   Royalty payable on petroleum recovered under mining lease for coal

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease for coal who recovers petroleum from a mining area by virtue of the fact that, under section 78, petroleum is included in the lease is liable to pay royalty to the Crown on the petroleum recovered.
> 
> > (2)  The amount payable as royalty under this Division in respect of petroleum is the rate prescribed for the purposes of this Division by or under the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).
> 
> > (3)  Royalty under this Division is payable on petroleum at the rate or rates applicable as at the time the petroleum is recovered from the land.
> 
> > (4)  This section does not apply to methane recovered in conjunction with coal mining operations.
> 
> **s 286:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[123\]; 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[34\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\].

Division 3A Coal reject

**pt 14, div 3A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[13\].

286A   Definition of coal reject

> In this Division—
> 
> coal reject means the by-product of the mining or processing of coal that contains a mixture of coal and other substances (such as shale) and has either an energy value (the maximum energy capable of being produced by it on combustion) of less than 16 gigajoules per tonne (dry weight) or contains more than 35 per cent ash (by dry weight).
> 
> **s 286A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[13\].

286B   Royalty on coal in coal reject

> > (1)  Royalty is not payable on the coal in coal reject recovered under a mining lease until the coal reject is used or disposed of.
> 
> > (2)  The holder of a mining lease is liable to pay royalty under this Division to the Crown on the coal in coal reject recovered under the lease if the holder uses the coal reject in producing energy or disposes of it for use in producing energy.
> 
> > (3)  If royalty is payable under this Division on the coal in coal reject, Division 1 does not apply to that coal.
> 
> **s 286B:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[13\]. Am 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\].

286C   Rate of royalty

> > (1)  Royalty on the coal in coal reject recovered under a mining lease is payable under this Division at the rate determined from time to time by the Minister, with the concurrence of the Treasurer, in respect of the lease or the class of leases concerned.
> 
> > (2)  The rate of royalty on the coal in coal reject may be a zero rate or may be any other rate up to, but not exceeding, half the base rate of royalty prescribed from time to time in respect of coal under section 283 (1) (a).
> 
> > (3)  In determining the rate of royalty the Minister is to have regard to—
> > 
> > > (a)  the energy value of the coal reject, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the costs associated with extracting, transporting or processing the coal reject for the purposes of use or disposal, and
> > 
> > > (c)  such other matters as the Minister considers appropriate.
> 
> > (4)  Royalty under this Division is payable on the coal in coal reject at the rate applicable—
> > 
> > > (a)  at the time the coal reject is used by the holder of the relevant mining lease in producing energy, or
> > 
> > > (b)  at the time the coal reject is disposed of by that holder for use in producing energy.
> 
> > (5)  Royalty required to be calculated on the basis of the weight of coal is to be calculated by reference to dry weight.
> 
> **s 286C:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[13\].

286D   Evidentiary matters

> > (1)  The energy value and ash content of the by-product of the mining or processing of coal recovered under a particular mining lease is to be determined, in the manner directed by the Minister, on the basis of the average energy value and average ash content of that by-product.
> 
> > (2)  The Minister may by determination in writing determine any of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  that the by-product, or any identifiable quantity of the by-product, of the mining or processing of coal recovered under a particular mining lease is coal reject,
> > 
> > > (b)  the amount of coal in the coal reject recovered under a particular mining lease or the amount of coal in any identifiable quantity of that coal reject,
> > 
> > > (c)  that the coal reject, or any identifiable quantity of the coal reject, recovered under a particular mining lease and used or disposed of by the holder of the lease has been used by the holder in producing energy or disposed of by the holder for use in producing energy.
> 
> > (3)  The Minister’s determination is evidence of the matter determined.
> 
> > (4)  A determination under subsection (2) (a) or (b) is not open to dispute or challenge on the basis that the determination is not correct or accurate for any particular sample or quantity of the material concerned.
> 
> **s 286D:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[13\].

Division 4 Miscellaneous

287   Exemption from royalty

> > (1)  If the Minister, on application by the holder of a mining lease, is satisfied that the value of publicly owned minerals recovered as a result of mining operations carried on during a royalty period was less than the appropriate amount, no royalty is payable to the Crown under this Act in respect of those minerals.
> 
> > (1A)  The Chief Commissioner is to remit the interest or penalty tax on any royalty that ceases to be payable because of a decision of the Minister under this section.
> 
> > (2)  In this section—
> > 
> > appropriate amount, in relation to a royalty period, means—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the royalty period is 12 months—$2,000, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if the royalty period is less than 12 months—such amount as bears to $2,000 the same proportion as the number of days in the royalty period bears to 365.
> > 
> > mining operations means mining operations carried on—
> > 
> > > (a)  on a parcel of land subject to a mining lease held by a person who is not the holder of any other mining lease, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on 2 or more parcels of land subject to 2 or more mining leases, if the holder of each parcel is the same person and if each parcel adjoins the other or another of those parcels.
> > 
> > royalty period, in relation to a mineral recovered by a person under a mining lease, means—
> > 
> > > (a)  the period commencing on the day on which the person first became entitled, under the mining lease, to mine the mineral, and ending on the last day of the first period in respect of which the person is required by this Act to pay royalty in respect of the mineral, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the period commencing on the day after the last day of any period in respect of which the person is required by this Act to pay royalty in respect of the mineral and ending on the last day of the next such period, or
> > 
> > > (c)  if, during a period referred to in paragraph (b), the person ceases to be entitled to mine the mineral on the land the subject of the mining lease—the period commencing on the day after the last day of the previous royalty period and ending on the day on which the person ceases to be so entitled.
> 
> **s 287:** Am 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\] \[6\].

287A   Waiver of payment of additional royalty for coal

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order in writing made with the concurrence of the Treasurer, waive all or part of the payment by the holder of a mining lease of royalty at the additional rate prescribed in respect of coal under section 283 (1) (b).
> 
> > (2)  The order may be made only if the Minister is satisfied that it is necessary for the financial viability of the mine, or mines, to which the mining lease relates, having regard to such matters as the Minister considers appropriate.
> 
> > (3)  The power of the Minister to make an order under this section cannot be delegated, despite section 363.
> 
> > (4)  The Chief Commissioner is to remit the interest or penalty tax on any royalty the payment of which is waived under this section.
> 
> **s 287A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[14\]. Am 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[7\].

288   Trust fund

> > (1)  The Minister may, by written notice served on the holder of a mining lease, require the holder to establish a trust fund, in the manner specified in the notice, and to pay into the trust fund (at the time or times so specified) a specified proportion of the money accruing from the sale of minerals (being a proportion that will, in the opinion of the Minister, be sufficient to meet royalty payable to the Crown under this Act in respect of those minerals).
> 
> > (2)  A holder of the mining lease who fails to comply with such a notice is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—100 penalty units and, in the case of a continuing offence, 10 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> **s 288:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[244\]. Am 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\].

289   Returns

> > (1)  The holder of a mining lease is required to lodge returns with the Chief Commissioner, at such times, and in respect of such periods, as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  A return is to include—
> > 
> > > (a)  the information prescribed by the regulations, and
> > 
> > > (b)  any other information the Chief Commissioner requires for the purposes of the assessment and recovery of royalty under this Act.
> 
> > (3)  The Chief Commissioner is to give a copy to the Minister of each return lodged with the Chief Commissioner.
> 
> Note—
> 
> The Chief Commissioner is responsible for the assessment and recovery of royalties under the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097). That Act requires returns to be in an approved form. The Chief Commissioner can also approve special arrangements for the lodging of returns under that Act.
> 
> **s 289:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[5\]. Subst 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[8\].

290   (Repealed)

**s 290:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[5\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[245\].

291   Payment of royalty

> > (1)  Royalty payable to the Crown under this Act is payable—
> > 
> > > (a)  except in so far as a determination under paragraph (b) has effect—at such times, and in respect of such periods, as may be specified in or determined in accordance with the regulations, or
> > 
> > > (b)  on demand by the Minister in respect of such periods as the Minister determines.
> 
> > (1A)  If a person who is liable to pay royalty fails to pay it as required by subsection (1), the person is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or both, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> > (2)  A tax default occurs for the purposes of the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097) if royalty payable to the Crown—
> > 
> > > (a)  is not paid by the time that it becomes payable in accordance with the regulations (unless paragraph (b) applies), or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of royalty payable on demand by the Minister—is not paid within 28 days of the demand for its payment.
> 
> > (3)  The regulations may require the payment of any royalty to accompany a return made under this Part.
> 
> **s 291:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[246\]; 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[9\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[1\] \[9\].

291A   Assessment and recovery of royalties

> > (1)  Royalty payable under this Act is a tax for the purposes of the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097).
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > The [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097) applies to the assessment and recovery of royalty.
> 
> > (2)  The royalty is payable to the Chief Commissioner in accordance with that Act.
> 
> > (3)  The Minister is to provide the Chief Commissioner with any information necessary to enable the Chief Commissioner to exercise the Chief Commissioner’s functions with respect to royalties under this Act and the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097).
> 
> > (4)  A certificate that is signed by the Minister and that states that, on a specified date, the Minister made a determination, or did anything else, under any of the following provisions, is admissible in evidence in any proceedings and is evidence of the fact or facts so certified—
> > 
> > > (a)  section 283 (3) (c) or (5),
> > 
> > > (b)  section 286C (1),
> > 
> > > (c)  section 286D,
> > 
> > > (d)  section 291 (1) (b),
> > 
> > > (e)  any other provision of this Act relating to royalties that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (5)  The Chief Commissioner may request a certificate under this section and a certificate is to be provided in accordance with that request.
> 
> **s 291A:** Ins 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[10\].

292   Disclosure of royalty information

> > (1)  The Minister, or any other person engaged in the administration of this Act, may disclose royalty information obtained from a tax officer under this Act or the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097) in connection with the administration or execution of this Act.
> 
> > (2)  This section applies despite section 84 of the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097) but subject to any restrictions in this Act.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > See section 365 of this Act.
> 
> > (3)  In this section—
> > 
> > royalty information means information in a return lodged with the Chief Commissioner under this Act or any other information relating to the assessment or recovery of royalty.
> > 
> > tax officer has the same meaning as it has in the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097).
> 
> **s 292:** Subst 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[10\].

Part 14A Fees

**pt 14A:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

Division 1 Preliminary

**pt 14A, div 1 (ss 292A, 292B):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292A   Definitions

> > (1)  In this Part—
> > 
> > authorisation fee means an annual rental fee or administrative levy payable under this Part.
> > 
> > grant anniversary date—see section 292B.
> 
> > (2)  A reference in this Part to when an authorisation is granted or renewed is taken, in relation to a grant or renewal of an authorisation that takes effect under this Act after the date that it is granted or renewed, to be a reference to when the grant or renewal takes effect.
> 
> **pt 14A, div 1 (ss 292A, 292B):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292B   Meaning of “grant anniversary date”

> > (1)  In this Part, a grant anniversary date means an anniversary of the date on which an authorisation is granted.
> 
> > (2)  To avoid doubt, a reference in this Part to a grant anniversary date occurring during the term of an authorisation includes any part of the term of an authorisation occurring after the term for which the authorisation as granted or renewed was due to expire but during which the authorisation continues to have effect under section 117.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Section 117 provides for the continuation of an authorisation if an application is made for renewal of the authorisation and it is not finally disposed of before the date on which the authorisation would otherwise cease to have effect.
> 
> **pt 14A, div 1 (ss 292A, 292B):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

Division 2 Fees payable for authorisation

**pt 14A, div 2:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292C   Fees payable in respect of authorisation

> > (1)  The following fees are payable under this Part to the Secretary, on behalf of the Crown, for the privilege of being the holder of an authorisation—
> > 
> > > (a)  an annual rental fee,
> > 
> > > (b)  an administrative levy.
> 
> > (2)  The authorisation fees are payable in addition to any royalty payable under Part 14 and any other fees payable under this Act.
> 
> > (3)  The holder of an authorisation must not fail to pay any annual rental fee or annual administrative levy payable under this Part for the authorisation.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—100 penalty units, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—50 penalty units.
> 
> **s 292C:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[102\].

292D   Authorisation fees payable by holder of authorisation

> > (1)  An authorisation fee is payable by a person who is, or will be, a holder of the authorisation at the time liability for the fee arises.
> 
> > (2)  If there is more than one holder of an authorisation, each of the holders is jointly and severally liable for payment of an authorisation fee.
> 
> **s 292D:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

Division 3 Annual rental fee

**pt 14A, div 3 (ss 292E–292G):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292E   Liability for annual rental fee

> > (1)  Liability for an annual rental fee arises on the grant of an authorisation and on each grant anniversary date that occurs during the term of the authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  An annual rental fee for which liability arises on the grant of an authorisation must be paid, in advance, before the authorisation is granted.
> 
> > (3)  An authorisation for which an annual rental fee is payable must not be granted until the first annual rental fee is paid.
> 
> > (4)  In subsection (3), a reference to the granting of an authorisation includes a reference to the taking of any action under this Act as a result of which an authorisation is taken to have been granted under this Act.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > For example, a partial transfer of an authorisation cannot be registered under section 122 (5) until the annual rental fee is paid.
> 
> > (5)  An annual rental fee for which liability arises on a grant anniversary date must be paid within the period (of not less than 7 days) specified by the Secretary by notice in writing served on a person liable.
> 
> **pt 14A, div 3 (ss 292E–292G):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292F   Amount of annual rental fee

> > (1)  The amount of the annual rental fee is the amount provided for by, or calculated in accordance with, the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  The regulations may provide that no annual rental fee is payable in respect of any specified period.
> 
> **pt 14A, div 3 (ss 292E–292G):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292G   Exemptions

> The following authorisations are exempt from the requirement to pay an annual rental fee—
> 
> > (a)  an exploration licence held by the Secretary,
> 
> > (b)  a small-scale title,
> 
> > (c)  an environmental assessment permit,
> 
> > (d)  any authorisation, or authorisation of a class, exempted by the regulations.
> 
> **pt 14A, div 3 (ss 292E–292G):** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

Division 4 Administrative levy

**pt 14A, div 4:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292H   Definitions

> In this Division—
> 
> annual administrative levy—see section 292I.
> 
> minimum deposit has the same meaning as it has in Part 12A.
> 
> security deposit condition has the same meaning as it has in Part 12A.
> 
> term administrative levy—see section 292J.
> 
> **ss 292H–292L:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292I   Liability for annual administrative levy

> > (1)  The administrative levy payable under this Part for an authorisation (other than a small-scale title) is an annual administrative levy.
> 
> > (2)  Liability for an annual administrative levy arises on the grant of an authorisation and on each grant anniversary date that occurs during the term of an authorisation.
> 
> > (3)  An annual administrative levy for which liability arises on the grant of an authorisation must be paid, in advance, before the authorisation is granted.
> 
> > (4)  An authorisation for which an annual administrative levy is payable must not be granted until the first annual administrative levy is paid.
> 
> > (5)  In subsection (4), a reference to the granting of an authorisation includes a reference to the taking of any action under this Act as a result of which an authorisation is taken to have been granted under this Act.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > For example, a partial transfer of an authorisation cannot be registered under section 122 (5) until the administrative levy is paid.
> 
> > (6)  An annual administrative levy for which liability arises on a grant anniversary date must be paid within the period (of not less than 7 days) specified by the Secretary by notice in writing served on a person liable.
> 
> **ss 292H–292L:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292J   Liability for term administrative levy (small-scale titles)

> > (1)  The administrative levy payable under this Part for a small-scale title is a term administrative levy.
> 
> > (2)  Liability for a term administrative levy arises on the grant of a small-scale title and, in the case of a mineral claim, on renewal of the mineral claim.
> 
> > (3)  A term administrative levy must be paid, in advance, before a small-scale title is granted and, in the case of a mineral claim, before the claim is renewed.
> 
> > (4)  A small-scale title for which a term administrative levy is payable must not be granted or renewed until the term administrative levy is paid.
> 
> > (5)  In subsection (4), a reference to the granting of a small-scale title includes a reference to the taking of any action under this Act as a result of which a small-scale title is taken to have been granted under this Act.
> 
> **ss 292H–292L:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292K   Amount of annual administrative levy

> > (1)  The amount of an annual administrative levy is one percent of the security deposit amount.
> 
> > (2)  The security deposit amount is the amount of the security deposit required to be provided and maintained under a security deposit condition that has effect in relation to the authorisation for which the administrative levy is payable when liability for the levy arises.
> 
> > (3)  If a single security deposit is required to be provided and maintained in respect of more than one authorisation, the amount of the annual administrative levy is—
> > 
> > > (a)  one percent of the relevant proportion of the security deposit amount, or
> > 
> > > (b)  one percent of the minimum deposit for the authorisation at the date liability arises,
> > 
> > whichever is the greater.
> 
> > (4)  The relevant proportion is the proportion that one bears to the number of authorisations for which the security deposit is required to be provided and maintained (disregarding any authorisations that have been cancelled or have otherwise ceased to have effect before liability arises).
> 
> > (5)  A security deposit is required to be provided and maintained under a security deposit condition even if the condition requires the security deposit to be provided at a future date or within a period ending on a future date.
> 
> > (6)  If no security deposit is required to be provided and maintained in respect of an authorisation on a date liability for an annual administrative levy arises, and there is a minimum deposit for the authorisation at that date, the security deposit amount is taken to be that minimum deposit.
> 
> > (7)  For the purpose of enabling payment of the first annual administrative levy in advance of liability arising, a decision-maker is to give notice to an applicant for the grant of an authorisation of any security deposit condition that will be imposed on the grant.
> 
> **ss 292H–292L:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292L   Minimum amount of annual administrative levy

> > (1)  The minimum amount for an annual administrative levy is $100 or, if another minimum amount is prescribed by the regulations, that other amount.
> 
> > (2)  If, but for this section, an annual administrative levy would be less than the minimum amount, the levy payable is taken to be the minimum amount.
> 
> **ss 292H–292L:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292M   Amount of term administrative levy

> > (1)  The amount of a term administrative levy is the annual administrative levy multiplied by the term of the authorisation.
> 
> > (2)  The annual administrative levy for an authorisation in respect of which a term administrative levy is payable is calculated in the same way as it is for an authorisation for which an annual administrative levy is payable.
> 
> > (3)  To avoid doubt, the minimum amount for an annual administrative levy applies in relation to a calculation of a term administrative levy.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Accordingly, the minimum administrative levy for an authorisation in respect of which a term administrative levy is payable will be $100 (the minimum amount of the annual administrative levy) multiplied by the term of the authorisation.
> 
> > (4)  The term of an authorisation is the number of years for which the authorisation is granted or, in the case of a liability for an administrative levy arising on the renewal of a mineral claim, renewed.
> 
> > (5)  Any period of less than a year for which a small-scale title is granted or renewed is to be counted as a year.
> 
> > (6)  The period for which a mineral claim is renewed is to include any period during which, before its renewal, the mineral claim was taken to continue to have effect under section 197 (3).
> 
> > (7)  For the purpose of enabling payment of a term administrative levy in advance of liability arising, a decision-maker is to give notice to an applicant for the grant or renewal of a small-scale title of—
> > 
> > > (a)  any security deposit condition that will have effect on the grant or renewal, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the proposed term of the authorisation.
> 
> > (8)  In this section—
> > 
> > year means a period of 12 months.
> 
> **s 292M:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\]. Am 2012 No 95, Sch 2.22 \[1\].

292N   Exemptions

> The following authorisations are exempt from the requirement to pay an administrative levy—
> 
> > (a)  an exploration licence held by the Secretary,
> 
> > (b)  any authorisation, or authorisation of a class, exempted by the regulations.
> 
> **s 292N:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

Division 5 General

**pt 14A, div 5:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292O   Assessment of liability

> > (1)  The Secretary is to assess the liability of a person for an authorisation fee.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary may reassess the liability of a person for an authorisation fee if—
> > 
> > > (a)  it appears that a previous assessment was incorrect, or
> > 
> > > (b)  a reassessment is otherwise authorised or required by this Act or the regulations.
> 
> **s 292O:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292P   Recovery of fees

> Any authorisation fee payable under this Part is a debt due by the holder of the authorisation concerned to the Crown and is recoverable in a court of competent jurisdiction.
> 
> **s 292P:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292Q   (Repealed)

**s 292Q:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\]. Rep 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[103\].

292R   Late payment fee

> > (1)  If an authorisation fee is not paid within the time required under this Part, the Secretary may charge a late payment fee in respect of the authorisation fee, calculated at the rate of 15% of the overdue amount per annum compounded quarterly (or, where another rate is prescribed by the regulations, that other rate).
> 
> > (2)  A late payment fee may be charged for any days in the period starting at the end of the day the authorisation fee was required to be paid and ending on (and excluding) the day the authorisation fee is paid.
> 
> > (3)  A late payment fee is taken to form part of, and is recoverable in the same way as, the authorisation fee.
> 
> **s 292R:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292RA   (Repealed)

**s 292RA:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[104\]. Rep 2019 No 1, Sch 1.12.

292S   Effect of cancellation or suspension

> > (1)  The cancellation of an authorisation does not affect any liability for an authorisation fee that arose on a date that occurred before that cancellation.
> 
> > (2)  Subject to the regulations, an authorisation fee does not cease to be payable, or become refundable, because the Secretary directs a person to suspend operations under the authorisation.
> 
> Note—
> 
> Section 382A gives the Secretary power to waive or refund fees payable under this Act in appropriate cases.
> 
> **s 292S:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

Part 14AA Small-scale title levies

**pt 14AA:** Ins 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[8\].

292SA   Levy may be imposed by Minister

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, impose a levy on small-scale titles for any one or more of the following purposes—
> > 
> > > (a)  the provision and maintenance of roads servicing small-scale titles and road related infrastructure (including gates, grids and signs),
> > 
> > > (b)  rehabilitation or environmental maintenance work on land not held under a small-scale title but affected by work relating to small-scale titles,
> > 
> > > (c)  rehabilitation or environmental maintenance work on stockpiles of mullock,
> > 
> > > (d)  any purpose prescribed by the regulations,
> > 
> > > (e)  any purpose ancillary to a purpose set out in paragraphs (a)–(d).
> 
> > (2)  The amount of the levy is the amount specified in the order.
> 
> **ss 292SA–292SC:** Ins 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[8\].

292SB   Orders imposing levy

> > (1)  An order of the Minister under section 292SA (a levy order) is to set out the purpose for which the levy is being imposed.
> 
> > (2)  A levy order may impose a levy that is payable once only or may impose a levy that is payable on a recurrent basis as specified in the order.
> 
> > (3)  A levy order may apply to all small-scale titles or be limited to small-scale titles of a specified class.
> 
> > (4)  More than one levy order may be made under this Part and more than one levy may be imposed on a particular small-scale title.
> 
> **ss 292SA–292SC:** Ins 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[8\].

292SC   Holder of small-scale title required to pay levy

> > (1)  The holder of a small-scale title is required to pay to the Secretary the amount of any levy imposed on the small-scale title under this Part at such times as may be required by the order imposing the levy.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary may recover the amount of any such levy from the holder of a small-scale title as a debt in any court of competent jurisdiction.
> 
> **ss 292SA–292SC:** Ins 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[8\].

292SD   Use of money raised through levy

> The Secretary may, on the application of a person, allocate any money collected by way of a levy under this Part for any purpose if the Secretary is satisfied that the reasons for which the application was made are consistent with the purposes for which the levy was imposed and the allocation is appropriate and reasonable for achieving those purposes.
> 
> **s 292SD:** Ins 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[8\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[105\].

Part 14B Finance

Note—

See also Part 7A of the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).

**pt 14B:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\].

292T   Minerals and Petroleum Investment Fund

> > (1)  There is to be established in the Special Deposits Account a fund called the Minerals and Petroleum Investment Fund (the Investment Fund).
> 
> > (2)  The Investment Fund is to be administered by the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  There is payable into the Investment Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  annual rental fees payable under Part 14A of this Act or under Part 7A of the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084), and
> > 
> > > (b)  all money directed or authorised to be paid into the Investment Fund by or under this or any other Act, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the proceeds from the investment of money in the Investment Fund.
> 
> > (4)  There is payable from the Investment Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  such amounts as the Secretary authorises for the purpose of funding any authorised investment program (including any associated administrative expenses), and
> > 
> > > (b)  administrative expenses incurred in relation to the Investment Fund, and
> > 
> > > (c)  administrative expenses incurred in relation to the collection and recovery of amounts payable into the Investment Fund, and
> > 
> > > (d)  any refund required under this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084) of an amount paid as an annual rental fee.
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may invest money in the Investment Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the Department is a GSF agency for the purposes of Part 6 of the [Government Sector Finance Act 2018](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2018-055)—in any way that the Department is permitted to invest money under that Part, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the Department is not a GSF agency for the purposes of Part 6 of the [Government Sector Finance Act 2018](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2018-055)—in any way approved by the Treasurer.
> 
> > (6)  The annual report of the Department is to include details of the amounts paid from the Investment Fund during the financial year to which the report relates and the purposes for which those payments were made.
> 
> > (7)  In this section—
> > 
> > authorised investment program means any Government program or initiative the object of which is to promote investment in State minerals or petroleum (or both), including—
> > 
> > > (a)  the program administered by the Department known as the _New Frontiers minerals and energy exploration initiative_ (or _New Frontiers_), and
> > 
> > > (b)  any other program or initiative that provides for, or improves, the geoscience information available in respect of State minerals or petroleum (or both), and
> > 
> > > (c)  any other program or initiative declared by the regulations under this Act or under the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084) to be an authorised investment program.
> > 
> > petroleum has the same meaning as it has in the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).
> 
> **s 292T:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\]. Am 2018 No 70, Sch 3.41 \[1\].

292U   Minerals and Petroleum Administrative Fund

> > (1)  There is to be established in the Special Deposits Account a fund called the Minerals and Petroleum Administrative Fund (the Administrative Fund).
> 
> > (2)  The Administrative Fund is to be administered by the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  There is payable into the Administrative Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  administrative levies payable under Part 14A of this Act or under Part 7A of the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084), and
> > 
> > > (b)  all money directed or authorised to be paid into the Administrative Fund by or under this or any other Act, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the proceeds from the investment of money in the Administrative Fund.
> 
> > (4)  There is payable from the Administrative Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  such amounts as the Secretary authorises for the purpose of funding minerals and petroleum administrative costs, and
> > 
> > > (b)  administrative expenses incurred in relation to the Administrative Fund, and
> > 
> > > (c)  administrative expenses incurred in relation to the collection and recovery of amounts payable into the Administrative Fund, and
> > 
> > > (d)  any refund required under this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084) of an amount paid as an administrative levy, and
> > 
> > > (e)  such amounts as the Secretary authorises for payment into the Derelict Mine Sites Fund.
> 
> > (5)  The Secretary may invest money in the Administrative Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the Department is a GSF agency for the purposes of Part 6 of the [Government Sector Finance Act 2018](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2018-055)—in any way that the Department is permitted to invest money under that Part, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the Department is not a GSF agency for the purposes of Part 6 of the [Government Sector Finance Act 2018](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2018-055)—in any way approved by the Treasurer.
> 
> > (6)  The annual report of the Department is to include details of the amounts paid from the Administrative Fund during the financial year to which the report relates and the purposes for which those payments were made.
> 
> > (7)  In this section—
> > 
> > minerals and petroleum administrative costs means the costs associated with the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  the administration and enforcement of this Act and the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084),
> > 
> > > (b)  community and industry liaison carried out in connection with this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084) (including the provision of information about activities carried out under this Act and the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084)),
> > 
> > > (c)  rehabilitation of land or water disturbed by activities carried out under this Act, the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084) or former legislation relating to mining,
> > 
> > > (d)  any other costs declared by the regulations to be minerals and petroleum administrative costs.
> > 
> > petroleum has the same meaning as it has in the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).
> 
> **s 292U:** Ins 2012 No 46, Sch 5.2 \[40\]. Am 2018 No 70, Sch 3.41 \[2\].

292V   Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund

> > (1)  There is to be established in the Special Deposits Account a fund called the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund.
> 
> > (2)  The Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund is to be administered by the Secretary.
> 
> > (3)  There is payable into the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  small-scale title levies payable under Part 14AA of this Act, and
> > 
> > > (b)  all money directed or authorised to be paid into the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund by or under this or any other Act, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the proceeds from the investment of money in the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund.
> 
> > (4)  There is payable from the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  such amounts as the Secretary allocates under section 292SD, and
> > 
> > > (b)  administrative expenses incurred in relation to the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund, and
> > 
> > > (c)  administrative expenses incurred in relation to the collection and recovery of amounts payable into the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund, and
> > 
> > > (d)  any refund required under this Act of an amount paid as a small-scale title levy.
> 
> > (5)  The Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund is to be divided into separate accounts in respect of levies collected for different purposes referred to in section 292SA to ensure that, as far as is practicable, money collected by way of a levy is used for the purposes for which the levy was imposed.
> 
> > (6)  The Secretary may invest money in the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund—
> > 
> > > (a)  if the Department is a GSF agency for the purposes of Part 6 of the [Government Sector Finance Act 2018](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2018-055)—in any way that the Department is permitted to invest money under that Part, or
> > 
> > > (b)  if the Department is not a GSF agency for the purposes of Part 6 of the [Government Sector Finance Act 2018](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2018-055)—in any way approved by the Treasurer.
> 
> > (7)  The annual report of the Department is to include details of the amounts paid from the Small-Scale Titles Levy Fund during the financial year to which the report relates and the purposes for which those payments were made.
> 
> **s 292V:** Ins 2014 No 53, Sch 1 \[9\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[106\]; 2018 No 70, Sch 3.41 \[3\].

Part 15 Land and Environment Court proceedings

**pt 15:** Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**pt 15, div 1:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

293   Jurisdiction of Land and Environment Court

> > (1)  The Land and Environment Court has jurisdiction to hear and determine proceedings relating to any of the following matters—
> > 
> > > (a)  the area, dimensions or boundaries of land subject to an authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (b)  the right to the possession or occupation of any land by virtue of an authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (c)  any question or dispute arising as to—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  a right of way, right of access to water or right of entry conferred by or under this Act, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  any condition imposed by or under this Act (including any condition imposed pursuant to a registered access management plan) on a person’s exercise of any such right of way, right of access to water or right of entry,
> > 
> > > (d)  the right to the use and enjoyment of water for prospecting or mining and any dispute or question relating to such a right,
> > 
> > > (e)  trespass or encroachment on, or injury to, land subject to an authority or mineral claim, or interference with, or injury to, any mining improvement,
> > 
> > > (f)  any demand for debt or damages arising out of prospecting or mining,
> > 
> > > (g)  any demand for specific performance of any contract relating to any authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (h)  the right to any mineral in, or to be recovered from, any land subject to an authority or mineral claim, and the rights under, or arising out of, any contract relating to any such mineral,
> > 
> > > (i)  any transfer or disposition of, or charge on, land subject to an authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (j)  matters concerning—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  any partnership relating to an authority or mineral claim, or to prospecting or mining, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  the existence, formation and dissolution of any such partnership, or
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  the taking of accounts in connection with any such partnership, or
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  the contributions of the partners as between themselves, or
> > > 
> > > > (v)  the determination of questions arising between the partners,
> > 
> > > (k)  contributions by or between persons holding joint or several interests in an authority or mineral claim towards rent or other expenses in relation to the authority or claim,
> > 
> > > (l)  trespass or encroachment on, or injury to, land as a result of prospecting or mining,
> > 
> > > (m)  trespass or encroachment on, injury to or any matter affecting, roads, railways or other property of whatever kind constructed, held or occupied under this Act,
> > 
> > > (n)  the partition, sale, disposal or division of any mining improvements, or the proceeds of the sale of any mining improvements, held by 2 or more persons,
> > 
> > > (o)  any question or dispute arising as to the working or management of land subject to an authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (p)  all rights claimed in, under or in relation to an authority or mineral claim or purported authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (q)  any question or dispute as to—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  the validity of an authority, mineral claim or opal prospecting licence, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  the decision of a decision-maker in relation to an application for the granting, renewal or transfer of an authority, a mineral claim or opal prospecting licence, or
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  the decision of a decision-maker to cancel an authority, a mineral claim or opal prospecting licence, or
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  the determination of the Secretary in relation to an objection to the granting of a mining lease,
> > 
> > > (r)  any question or dispute in connection with a consolidated mining lease arising under section 109, including any question or dispute concerning the rights and obligations conferred or imposed by an interest referred to in that section or the priority of any such interest,
> > 
> > > (s)  any question or dispute in connection with an interest (whether legal or equitable) in, or affecting, an authority or mineral claim,
> > 
> > > (t)  any question or dispute in connection with an assessment or agreement in respect of compensation under Part 13, arising because of the transfer of an authority or mineral claim or of part of such an authority or claim,
> > 
> > > (t1)  any question or dispute in connection with a compensation agreement under section 266,
> > 
> > > (u)  the review of an arbitrator’s determination under Division 2 of Part 8 or of the Secretary’s decision referred to in section 206,
> > 
> > > (v)  any question or dispute as to the provisions of an access arrangement or as to any matter arising as a consequence of such an arrangement,
> > 
> > > (w)  any question or dispute as to whether section 20 (1), 31 (1), 39 (1), 49 (1), 60 (1), 62 (1) (a) or (b), 185 (1) or 188 (1) applies in a particular case,
> > 
> > > (x)  any other matter in respect of which jurisdiction is conferred on the Court by this Act.
> 
> > (2)  Nothing in this section limits or restricts the jurisdiction conferred on any other court by any other Act or law.
> 
> **s 293:** Am 1999 No 69, Sch 2.5 \[1\]. Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[246A\] (ins 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[8\]) \[246B\] (ins 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[8\]); 2009 No 37, Sch 1.9; 2012 No 60, Sch 12; 2014 No 53, Schs 1 \[10\], 3 \[2\].

294   Land and Environment Court may order deposit of mineral etc

> > (1)  On application by any party to proceedings in the Land and Environment Court, the Court may order any other party to the proceedings to deposit, pending its decision, any earth, mineral, money or chattels—
> > 
> > > (a)  the right to which will, in the opinion of the Court, be put in issue in the course of those proceedings, and
> > 
> > > (b)  which may then be in, or at any time before the termination of the proceedings may come into, the possession or control of that other party.
> 
> > (2)  Such an order must specify the thing to be so deposited and must direct the deposit to be made, at or before a time specified in the order, with a person or at a place so specified.
> 
> **s 294:** Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

295   Land and Environment Court may grant injunction

> > (1)  If an application is made to the Land and Environment Court by a person claiming to hold a legal or equitable interest in any land subject to an authority or mineral claim, or in any property, the Court may, on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it may consider just, grant an injunction restraining any specified person—
> > 
> > > (a)  from encroaching on, occupying, using or working the land or property, or
> > 
> > > (b)  from seeking, washing out, extracting or removing any earth or minerals from the land, or
> > 
> > > (c)  from selling or disposing of or otherwise interfering with the property, or
> > 
> > > (d)  from doing any act that may affect the interest concerned in the whole, or any part, of the land or property.
> 
> > (2)  An injunction remains in force for the period specified in the injunction, unless it is sooner discharged.
> 
> **s 295:** Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

296   Granting of injunctions in cases of urgency

> > (1)  If an applicant for an injunction satisfies the Land and Environment Court that there are urgent reasons for granting the injunction, the Court may, in any case in which the Court might otherwise grant an injunction, grant an injunction to have effect for a period of not more than 2 months (including the day on which the injunction is made) without notice of the application having been served on any other party.
> 
> > (2)  The Land and Environment Court may not grant a continuance of an injunction granted under this section, and may not grant a further injunction under this section, but application for a further injunction may be made under section 295, either during or after the period of the injunction granted under this section.
> 
> **s 296:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[89\]; 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[8\]; 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[36\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[247\] \[248\]. Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

297   Orders protecting adjacent authorities and mineral claims

> > (1)  The holder of an authority or mineral claim over land which is adjacent to—
> > 
> > > (a)  land that is the subject of an injunction, or
> > 
> > > (b)  land on which is located property that is the subject of an injunction,
> > 
> > may apply to the Land and Environment Court for an order permitting the land or property under injunction to be worked so as to prevent or minimise damage to or depreciation of the land over which the authority or mineral claim is held.
> 
> > (2)  The Land and Environment Court—
> > 
> > > (a)  may order, on such terms as the Court thinks fit, such working of that land or property as in the Court’s opinion will be sufficient to prevent that damage or depreciation, and
> > 
> > > (b)  may make such further order as to the cost of that working as the Court considers just.
> 
> > (3)  An order may not be made under this section unless the applicant shows to the satisfaction of the Land and Environment Court that the authority or mineral claim concerned will sustain damage or be materially depreciated in value by reason of the non-working of the land or property under injunction.
> 
> **s 297:** Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].
> 
> **s 297A:** Ins 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[2\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].
> 
> **pt 15, div 2:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

298   Court may order payment of money or delivery of mineral

> > (1)  If any money or mineral is claimed in the Land and Environment Court, the Court may order the payment of such money or the delivery of such mineral as it may find to be due or deliverable by one party to another.
> 
> > (2)  If such a claim arises out of a mining partnership, adventure or interest, the Land and Environment Court may take accounts in respect of that partnership, adventure or interest, to the extent to which it may be necessary to ascertain what money or mineral (if any) is so due by one party to the other, and may make such further order as it considers just.
> 
> > (3)  If the Land and Environment Court orders payment of money in respect of any debt, damages, costs or otherwise, the Court may make a further order—
> > 
> > > (a)  that any mineral in the possession, and being the property, of the party directed to make the payment must (to the extent in value of the payment as estimated by the Court) be delivered up to the party entitled to the payment, and
> > 
> > > (b)  that the mineral to that extent be seized and delivered accordingly.
> 
> > (4)  If such a further order is made, the order for payment of money may only be enforced in respect of any balance remaining due after deducting the value of the mineral so delivered to the party entitled to payment.
> 
> **s 298:** Subst 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

299–340   (Repealed)

**s 299:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 300:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 301:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 302:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 303:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 304:** Am 2005 No 98, Sch 3.46 \[2\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**ss 305–310:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 311:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[10\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 312:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 313:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[35\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 314:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 315:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[11\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**ss 316–318:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 319:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 320:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**pt 15, div 3:** Subst 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 321:** Subst 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**ss 322–324:** Rep 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\].

**pt 15, div 4:** Rep 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\].

**s 325:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Rep 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\]

**s 326:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Rep 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\]

**s 327:** Rep 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\].

**s 328:** Rep 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[3\].

**pt 15, div 5:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 329:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 330:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1. Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[12\] \[13\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 331:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**pt 15, div 6:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 332:** Am 1992 No 111, Sch 1; 2005 No 98, Sch 3.46 \[3\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 333:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**pt 15, div 7:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 334:** Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[249\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 335:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[124\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 336:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 337:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**pt 15, div 8:** Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 338:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[14\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 339:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[15\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

**s 340:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[15\]. Rep 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[43\].

Part 16

341–358  (Repealed)

**pt 16:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\]. Ins 2002 No 50, Sch 3. Rep 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[3\].

**pt 16, div 1:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

**s 341:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\]. Ins 2002 No 50, Sch 3. Am 2011 No 67, Sch 4.21 \[1\]. Rep 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[3\].

**pt 16, divs 2–4 (ss 342–350):** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

**pt 16, div 5:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

**s 351:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

**s 352:** Am 1996 No 24, Sch 1. Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

**ss 353–355:** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

**pt 16, div 6 (ss 356–358):** Rep 2000 No 90, Sch 2.1 \[36\].

Part 17 Administration

Division 1 Administration

359   Boards of management

> > (1)  The Minister may constitute a board of management for the whole or any part of New South Wales.
> 
> > (2)  A board of management may exercise, in respect of the area for which it is constituted, such of the functions of the Minister or of the Secretary as are delegated to it under this Act.
> 
> > (3)  The regulations may provide for the constitution of a board of management and may regulate, or provide for the regulation of, its procedure.

360   (Repealed)

**s 360:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[94\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[251\] (am 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[10\]) \[252\].

361   Appointment of inspectors

> > (1)  The Secretary may appoint any person (including a member of a class of persons) as an inspector for the purposes of this Act.
> 
> > (2)  An appointment may (but does not have to) be subject to conditions, limitations or restrictions or only for limited purposes.
> 
> > (3)  If an appointment is subject to conditions, limitations or restrictions or only for limited purposes, nothing in this Act authorises or requires the inspector to act in contravention of the conditions, limitations or restrictions or for other purposes.
> 
> > (4)  The Secretary must publish the following matters in the Gazette—
> > 
> > > (a)  the classes of persons appointed as inspectors under subsection (1),
> > 
> > > (b)  any conditions, limitations or restrictions, or limitation on purposes, imposed by the Secretary on the appointment of persons under this section.
> 
> **s 361:** Subst 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[253\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[107\].

361A   Identification

> > (1)  Every inspector is to be provided with a card identifying him or her as an inspector.
> 
> > (2)  In the course of exercising the functions of an inspector under this Act, the inspector must, if requested to do so by any person affected by the exercise of any such function, produce his or her identification card to the person.
> 
> **s 361A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[253\].

361B   Extraterritorial exercise of functions

> > (1)  The Minister may enter into an arrangement with a Minister of another State or Territory providing for the exercise, in another State or Territory, by officers of that State or Territory of functions under this Act or the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  An officer of another State or Territory may, in accordance with any such arrangement, exercise functions under this Act, but only to the extent that the matters concerned relate to the administration or enforcement of this Act or such other legislation, if any, as may be prescribed.
> 
> **s 361B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[253\].

362   Exclusion of personal liability

> An act or omission of—
> 
> > (a)  the Minister or the Secretary, or
> 
> > (b)  a member of staff of the Department, or
> 
> > (c)  a body constituted under this Act, a member of any such body or a member of staff of any such body, or
> 
> > (d)  an authorised person within the meaning of Division 3 of Part 11, or
> 
> > (e)  a person acting under the direction of a person or body referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d),
> 
> does not subject the Minister, the Secretary, or any such member or member of staff or any person so acting, personally to any action, liability, claim or demand if the act or omission was done or omitted in good faith and for the purpose of executing this Act.
> 
> **s 362:** Subst 2004 No 75, Sch 1 \[37\]. Am 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[254\].

363   Delegation of functions by Minister, Secretary or mining registrar

> > (1)  The Minister may delegate any of the following functions (except this power of delegation) of the Minister to any person—
> > 
> > > (a)  any function under this Act,
> > 
> > > (b)  any function under the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203).
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary may delegate any function under this Act (except this power of delegation or any function delegated to the Secretary by the Minister) to any person.
> 
> > (2A)  A mining registrar may delegate any function under this Act or the regulations (except this power of delegation or any function delegated to the mining registrar by the Minister or the Secretary) to a deputy mining registrar.
> 
> > (3)  A reference in this section to a function under this Act includes a reference to a function under the regulations and a function under a condition of an authority, a mineral claim or an opal prospecting licence.
> 
> **s 363:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[95\] \[125\] \[126\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[255\].

364   Minister or official not to be interested in authority or small-scale title

> > (1)  A person must not, while holding office in an official capacity for the purposes of this Act and while exercising functions in that capacity, hold either directly or indirectly a beneficial interest in an authority or a small-scale title.
> 
> > (1A)  The following are persons who hold office in an official capacity for the purposes of this Act—
> > 
> > > (a)  the Minister,
> > 
> > > (b)  an inspector,
> > 
> > > (c)  a member of staff of the Department who exercises functions under this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084),
> > 
> > > (d)  any other person who exercises any judicial or official functions under this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).
> 
> > (2)  This section does not prevent the Secretary from being the holder, on behalf of the Crown, of an exploration licence for an allocated mineral in respect of land within a mineral allocation area or for a controlled release mineral in respect of land within a controlled release area.
> 
> **s 364:** Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[16\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[108\].

364A   Documents or information provided under conditions requiring reporting

> > (1)  Any document or information provided under a condition of an authorisation referred to in clause 7 (2) (g) of Schedule 1B may be taken into consideration by the Secretary or the relevant decision-maker and used for the purposes of this Act, including for the purposes of the prosecution of offences under this Act or the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  The Secretary is authorised, despite any other Act or law, to provide a relevant agency with any such document or information.
> 
> > (3)  Any such document or information is required to be provided by the holder of an authorisation, whether or not the document or information might incriminate the holder.
> 
> > (4)  However, information provided by a natural person in compliance with a condition of an authorisation referred to in clause 7 (2) (g) of Schedule 1B is not admissible in evidence against the person in criminal proceedings (other than proceedings for an offence for providing false and misleading information) if the person, when providing the information, objected to the provision of the information on the grounds that it might incriminate him or her.
> 
> > (5)  In this section—
> > 
> > relevant agency means—
> > 
> > > (a)  the Department, or
> > 
> > > (b)  a public authority engaged in administering or executing the environment protection legislation, the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203) or such other legislation, if any, as may be prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 364A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[109\].

365   Disclosure of information

> > (1)  A person must not disclose any information obtained in connection with the administration or execution of this Act, unless the disclosure is made—
> > 
> > > (a)  with the consent of the person from whom the information was obtained, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in connection with the administration or execution of this Act, or
> > 
> > > (c)  for the purposes of any legal proceedings arising out of this Act or of any report of any such proceedings, or
> > 
> > > (d)    (Repealed)
> > 
> > > (e)  with the concurrence of the Minister, or
> > 
> > > (f)  in accordance with a requirement imposed under the [Government Information (Public Access) Act 2009](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2009-052), or
> > 
> > > (g)  by an inspector or a member of staff of the Department to an officer or authority engaged in administering or executing the environment protection legislation, the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203), work health and safety legislation or any other legislation prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (3)  A reference in this section to information obtained in connection with the administration or execution of this Act includes a reference to a return or other information relating to royalty under this Act that is obtained by the Minister, or a delegate of the Minister, from a tax officer (within the meaning of the [Taxation Administration Act 1996](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1996-097)).
> 
> Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.
> 
> **s 365:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[5\]; 2002 No 53, Sch 1.16 \[1\]; 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[256\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[44\]; 2009 No 54, Sch 2.30; 2011 No 67, Sch 4.21 \[2\]; 2014 No 37, Sch 4.1 \[11\].

365A   Exchange of information

> > (1)  The regulator may enter into an arrangement (an information sharing arrangement) with a relevant agency for the purposes of sharing or exchanging any information that is held by the regulator or the agency.
> 
> > (2)  The information to which an information sharing arrangement may relate is limited to information that assists the regulator or relevant agency—
> > 
> > > (a)  to determine applications made under the resources legislation or legislation made under the corresponding law of another jurisdiction, or
> > 
> > > (b)  to determine whether to cancel, revoke, suspend or vary an authorisation, activity approval or other approval, or an exemption or declaration, that is granted, made or given under that legislation, or
> > 
> > > (c)  to facilitate the carrying out of inspections, probity checks or other enforcement action under that legislation.
> 
> > (3)  Under an information sharing arrangement, the regulator and the relevant agency are, despite any other Act or law of the State, authorised—
> > 
> > > (a)  to request and receive information that is held by the other party to the arrangement, and
> > 
> > > (b)  to disclose that information to the other party.
> 
> > (4)  In this section—
> > 
> > regulator means the Minister or the Secretary.
> > 
> > relevant agency means any of the following—
> > 
> > > (a)  a government agency or holder of a statutory office with any functions similar to or related to those imposed on the regulator by or under the resources legislation,
> > 
> > > (b)  any government agency of the Commonwealth or another State or Territory with functions similar to or related to those imposed on the regulator under any of the resources legislation,
> > 
> > > (c)  any other person or body, or person or body of a class, prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 365A:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[110\].

Division 2 Classification of lands

366   Mining divisions

> > (1)  The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land as a mining division and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the division and fix its boundaries.
> 
> > (2)  A mining registrar is to be appointed for each mining division constituted under this section.

367   Reserves

> > (1)  The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land as a reserve and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the reserve and fix its boundaries.
> 
> > (2)  The Governor may, by an order under this section, give any one or more of the following directions—
> > 
> > > (a)  that no exploration licence is to be granted over land in the reserve,
> > 
> > > (b)  that no assessment lease is to be granted over land in the reserve,
> > 
> > > (c)  that no mining lease is to be granted over land in the reserve,
> > 
> > > (d)  that no mineral claim is to be granted over land in the reserve.
> 
> > (3)  In an order constituting land as a reserve, the Governor may stipulate that the reserve is to extend only to the surface of the land, to the surface of the land and the subsoil below the surface, to the surface of the land and the subsoil to a specified depth below the surface, or to the subsoil below or between any specified depth or depths below the surface of the land.
> 
> > (4)  If—
> > 
> > > (a)  an application for an exploration licence is made or pending in respect of land that is the subject of a direction under subsection (2) (a), or
> > 
> > > (b)  an application for an assessment lease is made or pending in respect of land that is the subject of a direction under subsection (2) (b), or
> > 
> > > (c)  an application for a mining lease is made or pending in respect of land that is the subject of a direction under subsection (2) (c), or
> > 
> > > (d)  an application for a mineral claim is made or pending in respect of land that is the subject of a direction under subsection (2) (d),
> > 
> > the application is a nullity to the extent to which it is made in respect of the land the subject of the direction, but, if the application is also made in respect of other land, the application is taken to have been made in respect of that other land.

368   Mineral allocation areas

> > (1)  The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land as a mineral allocation area and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the area and fix its boundaries.
> > 
> > Editorial note—
> > 
> > For orders under this subsection see Gazettes No 101 of 20.8.1992, p 5946; No 127 of 19.11.1993, p 6850; No 35 of 11.2.1994, p 630; No 102 of 3.7.1998, p 5258; No 81 of 16.7.1999, p 5023; No 57 of 23.3.2001, p 1494; No 100 of 22.6.2001, p 4276; No 124 of 8.8.2003, p 7884; No 37 of 24.3.2006, p 1571; No 182 of 14.12.2007, p 9633; No 92 of 14.9.2012, p 3937; No 113 of 26.10.2012, p 4479; No 106 of 27.11.2015, p 3812; No 23 of 1.4.2016, p 559; No 77 of 10.8.2018, pp 5157, 5162; No 179 of 20.12.2019, n2019-3958 and No 16 of 24.1.2020, n2020-130.
> 
> > (2)  A mineral allocation area may be constituted for all minerals, for specified minerals or groups of minerals or for all minerals other than specified minerals or groups of minerals.
> 
> > (3)  More than one mineral allocation area may be constituted in respect of any land.
> 
> > (4)  A mineral is not an allocated mineral in an area while the mineral is a controlled release mineral in that area.
> 
> **s 368:** Am 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[17\].

368A   Controlled release areas

> > (1)  The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land as a controlled release area and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the area and fix its boundaries.
> 
> > (2)  A controlled release area may be constituted for all minerals, for specified minerals or groups of minerals or for all minerals other than specified minerals or groups of minerals.
> 
> > (3)  The whole State is constituted as a controlled release area for coal.
> 
> > (4)  More than one controlled release area may be constituted in respect of any area.
> 
> **s 368A:** Ins 2015 No 39, Sch 1 \[18\].

369   (Repealed)

**s 369:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[103\] \[104\]. Rep 2015 No 26, Sch 3.6\[4\].

369A   Fossicking districts

> The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, constitute any land as a fossicking district and may, by the same or a subsequent order so published, name the district and fix its boundaries.
> 
> **s 369A:** Ins 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[8\].

370   (Repealed)

**s 370:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[257\].

371   Points to be ascertained by reference to Geocentric Datum of Australia

> The position on the surface of the Earth of a point, line or area that is necessary to be determined for the purposes of this Act, or of any order, instrument or notification under this Act, is to be determined by reference to the Geocentric Datum of Australia within the meaning of the [Surveying and Spatial Information Act 2002](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2002-083).
> 
> **s 371:** Subst 1999 No 30, Sch 2.1 \[1\]. Am 2002 No 83, Sch 2.13 \[3\]; 2009 No 119, Sch 2.14.

Division 3

372–376  (Repealed)

**pt 17, div 3:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 372:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[6\]; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[45\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 373:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[6\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 374:** Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[16\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 374A:** Ins 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[9\]. Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[17\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 375:** Am 1996 No 137, Sch 1 \[3\]. Subst 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[18\]. Am 2001 No 121, Sch 2.148 \[4\]–\[6\]; 2007 No 94, Sch 2; 2008 No 107, Sch 19 \[46\] \[47\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 375A:** Ins 1999 No 43, Sch 3 \[10\]. Am 2000 No 90, Sch 1.1 \[19\]. Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**s 376:** Rep 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

Division 4 Miscellaneous

377   Museums and laboratories

> The Minister may establish and maintain in connection with the Department—
> 
> > (a)  museums for the purpose of providing instruction, by means of displays, classes, lectures or other methods, in geology, mineralogy, chemistry and engineering in their scientific and practical application to mining pursuits, and
> 
> > (b)  laboratories for the assaying and testing of mineral products or for other analytical determination.

378   Purchase of coal bearing land

> The Minister may, from funds appropriated by Parliament, purchase on behalf of the Crown land containing seams of coal.

Part 17A Offences, enforcement and undertakings about contraventions

**pt 17A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

**pt 17A, hdg:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[111\].

Division 1 Offences

**pt 17A, div 1:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

378A   Obstruction

> A person must not, without reasonable excuse, obstruct, hinder or resist any of the following persons in the exercise of a function under this Act—
> 
> > (a)  an inspector,
> 
> > (b)  an authorised person within the meaning of Division 3 of Part 11,
> 
> > (c)  a member of staff of the Department who exercises functions under this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084),
> 
> > (d)  any other person who exercises any judicial or official functions under this Act or the [Petroleum (Onshore) Act 1991](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1991-084).
> 
> Maximum penalty—
> 
> > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, or
> 
> > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units.
> 
> **s 378A:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\] (subst 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[11\]). Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[10\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[112\].

378B   Obstruction of holder of authorisation

> A person must not, without reasonable excuse, obstruct or hinder the holder of an authorisation from doing any act that the holder is authorised by this Act to do.
> 
> Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.
> 
> **s 378B:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

378C   Providing false or misleading information

> > (1)  A person must not provide any information, record or return in purported compliance with any requirement by or under this Act—
> > 
> > > (a)  knowing that the information, record or return is false or misleading in a material particular, or
> > 
> > > (b)  being reckless as to whether the information, record or return is false or misleading in a material particular.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units.
> 
> > (2)  A holder of an authorisation must ensure that an agent, employee or any other person acting on behalf of the holder does not provide any information, record or return in purported compliance with any requirement by or under this Act in connection with the holder’s authorisation in contravention of subsection (1).
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units.
> 
> > (3)  It is a defence to a prosecution of the holder of an authorisation for an offence against subsection (2) if the holder establishes that the holder took all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention of the subsection.
> 
> > (4)  A holder of an authorisation may be proceeded against and convicted under subsection (2) whether or not the agent, employee or other person has been proceeded against or been convicted for the offence against subsection (1).
> 
> **s 378C:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[113\]. Am 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[12\] \[13\].

378D   Contravention of condition of authorisation—offence by holder

> > (1)  If a condition of an authorisation is contravened by any person, each holder of the authorisation is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > An offence against subsection (1) committed by a corporation is an executive liability offence attracting executive liability for a director or other person involved in the management of the corporation—see section 378F.
> 
> > (2)  If a condition of a mining lease, in its application to or in respect of a mining sublease area, is contravened by any person, the holder of the sublease is guilty of an offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of a corporation—10,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 1,000 penalty units for each day that the offence continues, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in the case of a natural person—2,000 penalty units, and, in the case of a continuing offence, a further penalty of 200 penalty units for each day that the offence continues.
> 
> > (3)  In imposing a penalty under this section for a contravention of a condition, the court is to take into consideration the following (so far as they are relevant)—
> > 
> > > (a)  the extent of the harm caused or likely to be caused to the environment by the commission of the offence,
> > 
> > > (b)  the practical measures that may be taken to prevent, control, abate or mitigate that harm,
> > 
> > > (c)  the extent to which the person who committed the offence could reasonably have foreseen the harm caused or likely to be caused to the environment by the commission of the offence,
> > 
> > > (d)  the extent to which the person who committed the offence had control over the causes that gave rise to the offence,
> > 
> > > (e)  any other matters the court considers relevant.
> 
> **s 378D:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[11\]–\[13\]; 2012 No 97, Sch 1.25 \[2\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[114\]–\[116\].

378E   Defences

> > (1)  It is a defence to a prosecution of the holder of an authorisation for an offence against section 378D if the holder establishes that—
> > 
> > > (a)  the contravention of the condition was by, or caused by, another person, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the other person was not associated with the holder at the time the condition was contravened, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the holder took all reasonable steps to prevent the contravention of the condition.
> 
> > (2)  A person is associated with the holder for the purposes of subsection (1) (b) (but without limiting any other circumstances of association) if the person is an employee, agent, licensee, contractor or subcontractor of the holder, or if the person holds a mining sublease granted by the holder under section 83A.
> 
> > (3)  It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against section 378D if the defendant satisfies the court that the act or omission constituting the contravention was reasonably necessary in order for the defendant to comply with—
> > 
> > > (a)  an order or direction (of which the Secretary was given notice before the acts or omissions occurred) issued under the mine safety legislation, the [Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1979-203) or the [Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1997-156), or
> > 
> > > (b)  a condition of an authorisation, or
> > 
> > > (c)  a direction under this Act.
> 
> > (4)  In this section—
> > 
> > mine safety legislation means the [Work Health and Safety (Mines and Petroleum Sites) Act 2013](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2013-054), [Work Health and Safety Act 2011](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-2011-010) and any other legislation that is prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> **s 378E:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Am 2011 No 67, Sch 4.21 \[3\]; 2013 No 54, Sch 3.7 \[4\].

378EA   Aiding and abetting commission of offence

> A person who—
> 
> > (a)  causes or permits the commission of an offence against this Act or the regulations, or
> 
> > (b)  aids, abets, counsels or procures another person to commit an offence against this Act or the regulations, or
> 
> > (c)  attempts to commit an offence against this Act or the regulations, or
> 
> > (d)  conspires to commit an offence against this Act or the regulations,
> 
> is guilty of that offence and liable to the penalty prescribed by this Act or the regulations in relation to that offence.
> 
> **s 378EA:** Ins 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[117\].

378F   Liability of directors etc for offences by corporation—offences attracting executive liability

> > (1)  For the purposes of this section, an executive liability offence is an offence against section 5, 240C or 378D that is committed by a corporation.
> 
> > (2)  A person commits an offence against this section if—
> > 
> > > (a)  a corporation commits an executive liability offence, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the person is—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  a director of the corporation, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  an individual who is involved in the management of the corporation and who is in a position to influence the conduct of the corporation in relation to the commission of the executive liability offence, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the person—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  knows or ought reasonably to know that the executive liability offence (or an offence of the same type) would be or is being committed, and
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  fails to take all reasonable steps to prevent or stop the commission of that offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—The maximum penalty for the executive liability offence if committed by an individual.
> 
> > (3)  The prosecution bears the legal burden of proving the elements of the offence against this section.
> 
> > (4)  The offence against this section can only be prosecuted by a person who can bring a prosecution for the executive liability offence.
> 
> > (5)  This section does not affect the liability of the corporation for the executive liability offence, and applies whether or not the corporation is prosecuted for, or convicted of, the executive liability offence.
> 
> > (6)  This section does not affect the application of any other law relating to the criminal liability of any persons (whether or not directors or other managers of the corporation) who are accessories to the commission of the executive liability offence or are otherwise concerned in, or party to, the commission of the executive liability offence.
> 
> > (7)  In this section—
> > 
> > director has the same meaning it has in the [Corporations Act 2001](https://web.archive.org/web/20250210093119/http://www.legislation.gov.au/) of the Commonwealth.
> > 
> > reasonable steps, in relation to the commission of an executive liability offence, includes, but is not limited to, such action (if any) of the following kinds as is reasonable in all the circumstances—
> > 
> > > (a)  action towards—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  assessing the corporation’s compliance with the provision creating the executive liability offence, and
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  ensuring that the corporation arranged regular professional assessments of its compliance with the provision,
> > 
> > > (b)  action towards ensuring that the corporation’s employees, agents and contractors are provided with information, training, instruction and supervision appropriate to them to enable them to comply with the provision creating the executive liability offence so far as the provision is relevant to them,
> > 
> > > (c)  action towards ensuring that—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  the plant, equipment and other resources, and
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  the structures, work systems and other processes,
> > > 
> > > relevant to compliance with the provision creating the executive liability offence are appropriate in all the circumstances,
> > 
> > > (d)  action towards creating and maintaining a corporate culture that does not direct, encourage, tolerate or lead to non-compliance with the provision creating the executive liability offence.
> 
> **s 378F:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Am 2011 No 2, Sch 1.18. Subst 2012 No 97, Sch 1.25 \[3\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[118\].

378FA   Liability of directors etc for offences by corporation—accessory to the commission of the offences

> > (1)  For the purposes of this section, a corporate offence is an offence against this Act or the regulations that is capable of being committed by a corporation, whether or not it is an executive liability offence referred to in section 378F.
> 
> > (2)  A person commits an offence against this section if—
> > 
> > > (a)  a corporation commits a corporate offence, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the person is—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  a director of the corporation, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  an individual who is involved in the management of the corporation and who is in a position to influence the conduct of the corporation in relation to the commission of the corporate offence, and
> > 
> > > (c)  the person—
> > > 
> > > > (i)  aids, abets, counsels or procures the commission of the corporate offence, or
> > > 
> > > > (ii)  induces, whether by threats or promises or otherwise, the commission of the corporate offence, or
> > > 
> > > > (iii)  conspires with others to effect the commission of the corporate offence, or
> > > 
> > > > (iv)  is in any other way, whether by act or omission, knowingly concerned in, or party to, the commission of the corporate offence.
> > 
> > Maximum penalty—The maximum penalty for the corporate offence if committed by an individual.
> 
> > (3)  The prosecution bears the legal burden of proving the elements of the offence against this section.
> 
> > (4)  The offence against this section can only be prosecuted by a person who can bring a prosecution for the corporate offence.
> 
> > (5)  This section does not affect the liability of the corporation for the corporate offence, and applies whether or not the corporation is prosecuted for, or convicted of, the corporate offence.
> 
> > (6)  This section does not affect the application of any other law relating to the criminal liability of any persons (whether or not directors or other managers of the corporation) who are concerned in, or party to, the commission of the corporate offence.
> 
> **s 378FA:** Ins 2012 No 97, Sch 1.25 \[3\].

378G   Continuing offences

> > (1)  If an offence against a provision of this Act is committed by a person by reason of a continuing act or omission—
> > 
> > > (a)  the person is liable, in addition to the penalty otherwise applicable to the offence, to a penalty for each day during which the act or omission continues of not more than an amount specified for that offence, and
> > 
> > > (b)  if the act or omission continues after the person is convicted of the offence, the person is guilty of a further offence against that provision and liable, in addition to the penalty otherwise applicable to the further offence, to a penalty for each day during which the act or omission continues after that conviction of not more than an amount specified for that offence.
> 
> > (2)  An obligation to do something is to be regarded as continuing until the act is done despite the fact that a period within which, or time before which, the act is required to be done has expired or passed.
> 
> > (3)  An omission is to be regarded as continuing for as long as the thing required to be done remains undone after the end of the period for compliance with the requirement.
> 
> > (4)  However, this section does not apply to an offence if the relevant provision of this Act or the regulations does not provide for a penalty for a continuing offence.
> 
> **s 378G:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Subst 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[119\].

Division 2 Proceedings for offences

**pt 17A, div 2:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\].

378H   Proceedings for offences

> > (1)  Proceedings for an offence against this Act or the regulations are, except as provided by this section, to be dealt with summarily before—
> > 
> > > (a)  the Land and Environment Court, in the case of an offence under Division 1 or 2 of Part 2, section 163C, or section 291 (committed by a corporation), section 240C, 246R, 248S, 378A, 378C, 378D, 378ZF or 378ZFE, or
> > 
> > > (b)  the Local Court, in the case of any offence.
> 
> > (2)  If proceedings for an offence under this Act or the regulations are brought in the Local Court—
> > 
> > > (a)  the maximum period of imprisonment that the Court may impose for the offence is 12 months, and
> > 
> > > (b)  the maximum monetary penalty that the Court may impose is 2,000 penalty units.
> 
> > (3)  Proceedings for an offence under section 5, 6, 12B, 12C, 12D or 291 are to be dealt with on indictment.
> > 
> > Note—
> > 
> > Chapter 5 of the [Criminal Procedure Act 1986](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1986-209) provides an alternative procedure for dealing with these offences summarily following an election by the prosecutor or defendant.
> 
> > (4)    (Repealed)
> 
> **s 378H:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\] (am 2008 No 107, Sch 20 \[12\] \[13\]). Am 2012 No 84, Sch 2.2 \[14\] \[15\]; 2014 No 1, Sch 2 \[3\]; 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[120\]–\[122\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[14\] \[15\] .

378I   Time within which summary proceedings may be commenced

> > (1)  Proceedings for an offence under this Act or the regulations may be commenced—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of an offence under section 5, 6, 12B, 12C, 12D, 240C, 246R, 248S, 291, 378A or 378D—within but not later than 3 years after the date on which the offence is alleged to have been committed, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in any other case—within but not later than 12 months after that date.
> 
> > (2)  Proceedings for an offence under this Act or the regulations may also be commenced—
> > 
> > > (a)  in the case of an offence under section 5, 6, 12B, 12C, 12D, 240C, 246R, 248S, 291, 378A or 378D—within but not later than 3 years after the date on which evidence of the alleged offence first came to the attention of an inspector, or
> > 
> > > (b)  in any other case—within but not later than 12 months after that date.
> 
> > (3)  If subsection (2) is relied on for the purpose of commencing proceedings for an offence, the court attendance notice or application must contain particulars of the date on which evidence of the offence first came to the attention of an inspector and need not contain particulars of the date on which the offence was committed.
> 
> > (4)  The date on which evidence first came to the attention of an inspector is the date specified in the court attendance notice or application, unless the contrary is established.
> 
> > (5)  This section applies only to proceedings that are to be dealt with summarily.
> 
> > (6)  This section applies despite anything in the [Criminal Procedure Act 1986](/web/20250210093119/https://legislation.nsw.gov.au/view/html/inforce/current/act-1986-209) or any other Act.
> 
> > (7)  In this section—
> > 
> > evidence of an offence means evidence of any act or omission constituting the offence.
> 
> **s 378I:** Ins 2008 No 19, Sch 1 \[258\]. Am 2015 No 40, Sch 1 \[123\]; 2017 No 27, Sch 1 \[15\].

378K   Penalty notices for offences

> > (1)  A penalty notice officer may serve a penalty notice on a person if it appears to the officer that the person has committed an offence under this Act or the regulations, being an offence prescribed by the regulations.
> 
> > (2)  A penalty notice is a notice to the effect that, if the person served does not wish to have the matter determined by a court, the person may pay, within the time and to the person specified in the notice, the penalty prescribed by the regulations for the offence if dealt with under this section.

Notes